Edmonton (Alta.) - 1974 - Services in Edmonton for the physically disabled 1974_a descriptive... by Edmonton Tower Resource Centre Online Library

SD LIBRARY

01111

2755

S032/1600/1974 SERVICES IN EDMONTON FOR THE EDMONTON.-SOCIAL-SER

SERVICES IN EDMONTON FOR THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED 1974 A DESCRIPTIVE OVERVIEW

PREPARED FOR:

THE EDMONTON INTERFGENCY COUNCIL FOR THE HANDICAPPED q4Np. Z)6:00

BY:

SOCIAL PLANNING SECTION

AN,

'14/ekr

qf4,

% or

EDMONTON SOCIAL SERVICES CITY OF EDMONTON

PREVENTIVE

SOCIAL

SERVICES

PROJECT

PUBLISHED WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF: THE DIVISION OF SERVICES FOR THE HANDICAPPED ALBERTA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT ALBERTA DEPARTMENT OF CULTURE, YOUTH, AND RECREATION

1113.5a .1E3 E337 1974a

ACKNOWLEDGENEPTS We would like to extend our thanks to all those who provided information to make this report a reality. A special mention to Division of Services for the Handicapped (Edmonton Regional Office) for their consultation and financial support. To the Alberta Committee of Action Groups for the Disabled, Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled, Edmonton Social Services for the Disabled, Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta for their particular inputs and assistance and to the Department of Culture, Youth and Recreation for their financial support.

December 1974

Steven Friedenthal Project Coordinator

Angela Eichhorst Helene Marshall Project Staff

CONTENTS Page I. INTRODUCTION Scope and Nature of the Study

A. The Study

B. The Report

C. Definition of the Physically Disabled

D. The Disabled Population in Edmonton

II. ASSOCIATIONS

17 Muscular Dystrophy Association of Canada Canadian Cancer Society , 20 Canadian Cystic Fibrosis Foundation 21 Association for the Hearing Handicapped 22 Canadian Hemophilia Society 23 6. Parkinsons Society of Alberta 23 7., Canadian Diabetic Association 24 8. Alberta Association for the Dependent Handicapped . . . 24 9. Alberta Tuberculosis and Respiratory Disease Association 25 10. Multiple Sclerosis Society 26 11. Edmonton Epilepsy Association 26 12.. Edmonton Cerebral Palsy Association 27 13., War Amputations of Canada 27 14.. Canadian Foundation for Polio and Rehabilitation â&#x20AC;˘ 28 28 15. Kidney Foundation of Canada 16. Alberta Society for the Visually Impaired 29 17. Alberta Council for the Hearing Handicapped 29 18. Canadian National Institute for the Blind 30 19. Canadian Civilian Amputees Association 32 20. Canadian Paraplegic Association 33 21. Hard of Hearing Organization 34 22. Canadian Arthritis and Rheumatism Society 34 1. 2. 3. 4.

HEALTH SERVICES

A. Institutional Health Case Services

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Active Treatment Hospitals Auxiliary Hospitals Specialized Hospitals Day Hospitals Nursing Home Care

35 36 36 36 36

1. University of Alberta Hospital 2. Geriatric Day Hospital

40 41

Page B. Specialized Institutional Health Services 1. 2. 3. 4.

42 Glenrose Hospital Dr. W. W. Cross Cancer Institute 53 54 Metabolic Centre University of Alberta Hospital, Health Sciences Clinics 56 56 a. Rheumatic disease unit 57 b. Low Vision Aid Consultation Clinic 57 c. Cystic Fibrosis Program 60 d. Renal Clinic 60 e. Orthopedic Clinic 61 f. Preschool Hearing Clinic 62 g. Cleft Palate Clinic

C. Preventive Health Services 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Genetic Clinic Preschool Screening Program At Risk Registry School Screening Program Kidney Foundation Blood Pressure Project Organ Donor Program Deaf Detection and Development Program

D. Home Treatment Services 1. Edmonton Home Care Program 2. Visiting Nursing (Victorian Order of Nurses) • 3. Physiotherapy Services 4. Alberta Male Nursing Service 5. Edmonton Physiotherapy Clinic Limited • • 6. Health Care Services Upjohn Limited 7. Nurses Private Duty Registry E. Prosthetics and Appliances 1. Wheelchair and Appliances Outlets 2.•Alberta Hearing Aid Dealers Association F. The Financing of Health Services 1. Insurance • a. • Alberta Health Care Insurance Plan • b. Alberta Hospitalization Benefits Plan • c. Alberta Blue Cross Plan d. Extended Health Benefits 2. Health Care Services Provided by Associations and Service Clubs • a. Patient Care b. Personal Assistance Program 3. Services to Special Cases • a. Help for M.S. Patients b. Division of Medical Services c. Treatment Branch

63 63

64 65 66 67 68 68 69

69 72 73 73 74 74 74 75 75 75 76 77 77 77 77 78 79 79 79 80 80 81 82

Page IV. COMMUNITY SUPPORT SERVICES A. Counselling Services 1, 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Catholio Family and Child Services Family Services Department Pastoral Institute of Edmonton Community Counselling Service Family Service Program Jewish Family Services Hand-in-Hand Assistance Rehabilitation Office Information, Referral and Recreation

B. Transportation 1. 2. 3. 4.

Edmonton Handi-Buses Handy Limousine Service Society Wheelchair Van (Diamond Cab) Wheelchair Cab (Yellow Cab Ltd.)

C. Housing and Residential Services 1. Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled Group Home Project 2. Pineview Residence 3. Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta 4. Access Housing Program Study 5. Public Housing, Edmonton Housing Authority D. Other Services 1. West 10 Parent Relief Program for Handicapped Children 2. Homemaker Service Program 3, Household Handyman 4. Meals-on-Wheels 5. Community Resource Centre 6. Pax Natura Ranch 7. Crisis Unit V. SPECIAL NEEDS OF CHILDREN 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Handicapped ,Childrens Services Rosecrest Home Zoie Gardner "Children's Home" Lamoureaux Children's Home Children's Wing (Glenrose)

84 84 84

84 85 85 85 86 87 88 88 89 90 91 92 92 93 94 94 96 97 99 100 100 101 102 102 103 105 106 107 107 111 112 114 114

EMPLOYMENT AND INCOME MAINTENANCE

115

A. Employment Services

122

Page 1. Rehabilitation, Workers Compensation Board 2. Employment and Information Services 3. Strike Four Outreach Society 4. C.N.I.B. Employment Service 0 5. Goodwill 6. Vocational Assessment Program 7. Work Adjustment Training Program 8. Initial Opportunities 9. Marina Creations 10. Employment for Special Needs B. Income Maintenance 1. Unemployment Insurance Commission 2. Worker's Compensation Board 3. Canada Pension Plan 4. Social Allowance and Assistance 5. Social Assistance 6. War Veterans Pensions and Allowances

122 123 124 127 127 128 129 130 131 132 134 134 134 136 137 144 145

VII. EDUCATIONAL SERVICES

146

A. Hearing Impaired

146

1. Baby Program 2. Morning and Afternoon Preschool Program 3. Alberta School for the Deaf 4. Itinerant Services for Hard of Hearing Students • • • 5. Windsor Park School Hard of Hearing Classes 6. Continuing Education for the Deaf, Alberta College . . B. Visually Impaired 1. Itinerant Services for Viaually Impaired 2. Low Vision Classes Queen Mary Park School

146 147 149 149 150 151 151 151 152

C. Preschool Programs

152

1. Day Care a. Glengarry 2. Nursery Schools 3. Kindergartens 4. Other Preschool Programs • .a- Preschool Play Program . b. .Family Day Care • • D. Other. Educational Programs

153 153 160 167 169 169 171

1. Activity Centre 2. Special Education 3. Homebound Services 4. Bureau of Child Study 5. Correspondence Education, Alberta

172 172 173 174 174 175

Page 176 6. Early Childhood Services 7. Vocational Rehabilitation for Disabled Persons . . . . 177 179 8. Disabled Students Assistance Fund 179 9. Glenrose School Hospital 180

VIII. SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS 1. Handicapped Drop In Centre 2. Amputee Ski Association 3. Charles Best Camp 4. Preschool Recreational Program 5. 'Mother's Day Out" Programs 6. Handicapped Playground 7. Sports and Recreation Program 8. Recreation Services to Special Groups Branch 9. Programs for the Disabled 10. Handicapped Scouting 11. Handicapped Guiding 12. YWCA 13. Camp Health, Hope, Happinness, He-Ho-Ha 14. Cultural Society of the Deaf 15. Shut-in Service - Edmonton Public Library 16. Catholic Mission to the Deaf 17. Cross of Christ Lutheran Church for the Deaf 18. Alberta Handicapped Forum 19. Donna Graham Memorial Fund Scholarship IX. PLANNING AND SERVICE COORDINATION

181 182 .. .

184 : 111: 8823 5 186 188 189 190 191 191 191 192 193 193 194 195

1. Edmonton Regional Committee on Recreation for the 195 Disabled 196 2, Ability Fund 197 3. Committee for the Physically Handicapped 197 4. Division of Services for the Handicapped 198 5. Registry for Handicapped Children And Adults 199 6. MLA - Handicapped Joint Committee 7. Alberta Committee of Action Groups for the Disabled . 200 8. Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled . . . 201 X. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RESE'1RCH AND SUMMARY OF PROBLEM AREAS . . 203

BIBLIOGRAPHY

FORWARD At a recent meeting of representatives of organizations concerned with the physically disabled, a disabled person was overheard saying, "No, I am not an expert on physical disabilities, I am only an expert on my disability." We who are not disabled tend to perhaps over generalize and lump the physically disabled into one category - handicapped, just as we may lump other people into other kinds of categories. The above statement, made by a disabled person, points out to us the fact that these people are physically disabled people and their degree of disability differs, the cause of the disability differs and the type of the disability also differs. A significant part of the problem faced by disabled people not only has to do with their actual physical disability but with the social disability that this physical problem causes. Once a person has a permanent physical disability be becomes stigmatized. Stigma describes "the situation of the individual who is disqualified from full social acceptance."The physically disabled person is disqualified or stigmatized because he can no longer meet the expectations placed upon him by society. What is not realized by most people is, that when we lump or categorize the person as handicapped we automatically stigmatize the person without knowing, in fact, what he is really capable of doing or put in another way, what are his abilities, rather than what are his disabilities. The present writer will make his judgement here and state that the majority of physically disabled people are considerably more able than we (who are not disabled) give him credit for. By not recognizing the abilities and capabilities of the physically disabled people our society is depriving itself of a vital and useful force. The disabled with perhaps some slight modifications to the environment and some (if necessary) additional training can be active and contributing members to our society. What they need, is the opportunity to provide society with their abilities. A Bill of Rights for the handicapped was recently adopted by the United Cerebral Palsy Association.2 Among the rights that they listed for the handicapped are the right to health and educational services, the right to work, the right to barrier-free public facill.ties, and the right to petition social institutions and the courts to gain such opportunities as may be enjoyed by others but denied the handicapped because of oversight, public apathy, or discrimination. The Canadian Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled has similarly put forward a "Bill of Rights for the Disabled" They had delineated 14 areas to which rights for the handicapped pertain, among these areas are: treatment, education, recreation, transportation, housing, spiritual development, legal rights, and economic security. NOTES

1. Goffman, Erving. 1963 Stigma: Notes on the Management of Spoiled Identity. Prentice - Hall: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersr:y. 2. United Cerebral Palsy Association. 1973 A Bill of Rights for the Handicapped. Crusader. 3. Canadian Council for Rehabilitation of the Disabled. A Declaration of Intent. Rehabilitation Digest. 4:(4):4-5. 1973.

IRTRODUCTION

The planning and implementation of services in the community has frequently proceeded on a haphazard basis. Usually, services have been initiated by a group in the community very concerned with one aspect of need and for one group of people. As professional planners of services for the community, we are cognizant of the need to plan on a wholistic basis. Services in the community are not to be seen as isolated, individual pieces, but rather, as parts of a total service network. In planning services we must be totally aware of the planning process, that there are basic steps in this process and that they should proceed in a rational order. After the problem has been identified, there are a number of questions that must be answered in the initial stage so that we can be provided with a base of information from which further steps in the planning process may proceed. Among these questions are the following: 1) Who are the people that we see as having this problem, 2) How many people are affected by this problem, 3) What services are already in existence in the community to meet the needs of these people, 4) What additional services are needed to solve the problem. This report will be primarily an emphasis on the third question, what services are already in existence in the community to meet the needs of these people. We will attempt also to answer, in part, questions one and two, who are the people that we see as having this problem and how many people are affected by this problem. SCOPE AND MATURE OF THE STUDY This report is presented as the result of a 3 month study of the services in Edmonton for physically disabled. The study was designed to obtain a detailed description of the total range of services in the community for this group of people. Some background material is also presented on the nature of physical disabilities, definitions, and the population involved. This background information is provided to assist the reader to understand the scope and nature of physical disabilities and to enable the reader to have some basis from which to ask Questions about the service network.

THE STUDY

The study undertaken is a description of all known services in Edmonton and area for the physically disabled. An initial list of service providers was extracted from the 1973 "Directory of Community Services for Edmonton and District". This list was then presented to members of the Edmonton Interagency Council for the Handicapped, Committee on the Physically Handicapped, for additional services not listed and for deletions of those no longer being offered. Two open ended questionnaires were devised to enable the collection of orderly and uniform information about services in Edmonton for the handicapped. Each of the questionnaires was to apply to a specific group of respondents. These two groups were a) Providers of Services in the Community and b) Associations, such as the disease entity or health care problem groups (which may or may not provide services). The two questionnaires

2 though slightly different were devised to gather the same types of information relative to the two groupings. Such information as a description of the service, numbers of people serviced, staffing, finances and problems seen were included. All organizations providing services and associations were sent a letter outlining that a study was going to be undertaken, that they would be contacted by telephone for an interview appointment at their convenience and that their cooperation would be greatly appreciated. Two employees were hired under a Summer Temporary Employment Program grant provided by the Division of Services to the Handicapped (Edmonton Regional Office). One of the employees herself was physically handicapped. The duties of the two employees were to search for additional services not already on the listing, to conduct interviews and to produce a service profile from the interview material. Excellent cooperation was received from all service providers and all associations. There were, however, a number of respondents who were unable to be interviewed. In these cases the questionnaires were left with the respondent, and either collected at a later date by the interviewer or mailed back by the respondent. Where relevant information was missing the respondent was telephoned and asked to provide this information. No records were kept of those interviewed and those not interviewed. As indicated above, the study is descriptive in nature. No attempt was made to evaluate the services reviewed. Prnblems seen in the services and in the service network are judgements made by the respondents. All descriptive material provided in the report is based upon information given by the respondent. After the first draft of the report was prepared, a letter was sent to those who provided their information indicating that the draft was available to them to see and make any corrections if desired. Only a small number availed themselves of this opportunity.

THE REPORT

The report was divided into the following sections: Introduction; Associations (Disease Entity and Health Care Problem Groups); Health Services; Educational, Social, and Recreational Services; Employment and Income Maintenance Services; Community Support Services; Special Needs of Children; and Planning and Service Coordination. The introductory section provides the basic background material which is to give the reader some basic knowledge of the physically disabled though it is by no means a full exposition. The other sections provide descriptive material on services to the physically disabled in Edmonton.

-3 C.

DEFINITION OF THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED

It is obvious to all that the person confined to a wheelchair (or in need of other mechanical appliances for mobility) and the person missing a limb have some physical disability. There are other persons who, because of disease, birth defect, accident or other cause, are also disabled. A disability may, as in the case of the wheelchair user, be quite obvious or it may be non-obvious as in the case of a deaf person. Strictly speaking, a person who depends upon eyeglasses or a hearing aid is disabled; but these problems do not severely limit the activities of the user. Likewise, the person with the sprained ankle or a fractured bone in his leg is also handicapped, but under normal circumstances these instances will disable the individual only for a brief period of time. Here it may be necessary to distinguish the concept of handicap from the concept of disability. "Rehabilitation practice distinguishes a handicap from a disability and the resulting physical incapacity. The Handicapped refers to the detriment in functioning resulting from the impact of a negative self-image or negative social attitudes toward the disabled. Not all disabilities result in handicaps. The transmutation of a disability into a handicap appears to be a function of the severity of the disability and the process of social handicapping." - For the purposes of this report we will rather, use the two terms, handicap and disability synonomously, as is the common usage, unless there is a notation otherwise. This report is primarily concerned with those persons whose physical problem is so severe that the individual cannot carry out the full range of normal everyday activities and who suffers from this disability on a permanent (or prolonged) basis. The reports, Transportation for the Disabled2 (from Toronto) and Adult Transportation Service for the Disabled) (from Edmonton) indicate that there are various disabilities, some of which we do or do not think of when we think of the handicapped person, these include: - people with multiple sclerosis, cerebral palsy, strokes, and others who may or may not be in wheelchairs - people with disabilities which is sometimes not so obvious, such as hemophiliacs, and people suffering from heart problems and respiratory diseases - people with specific sense handicaps, particularly those with hearing or visual impairment - elderly people, who are afflicted by specific diseases like Parkinsons disease or arthritis or rheumatism, often accompanied by hearing and visual impairment - people without limbs as a result of accidents or war wounds. It must also be recognized that in addition to looking at the type of disability or handicap, one must also recognize the degree of handicap. The same handicap or disability may affect the individual person to a different degree. For simplicitys' sake, we can identify 3 categories of disabilities. These are 1) People unable to carry on major activity, 2) People limited in kind or amount of major activity and 3) Limited, but not in major activity.4 For the gathering of information for this report, we used a different set of categories, these are 1) functionally independent - referring to an individual with a permanent physical disability who is capable of managing his own basic daily needs. He may require minor architectural

4 adaptations, certain assistive devices or be limited in his physical endurance, but in most cases does not need assistance from others. Examples are those with arthritis, cardiac disabilities, some paraplegics, etc. 2) Partially, dependent - referring to an individual with a permanent physical disability which prevents him from being able to care for all of his daily needs without assistance. He can generally handle some of his needs such as eating, some bathing and dressing and a limited locomotion. He does not need full-time nursing or attending care, and can probably be away from the residence part of the day. 3) Completely dependent refers to those with a permanent physical disability which is severe to the extent it prevents an individual from caring for any or major portion of his own daily needs. He generally requires assistance from another person to function and periodic nursing care. He is normally prevented from leaving the place of residence for any length of time because of the great amount of assistance needed. It appears, that these two categorizations of degree of disability, are not mutually exclusive. Both of these sets of definitions and terms will be used where it is felt to be appropriate.

THE DISABLED POPULATION IN EDMONTON

There are in existence numerous estimates and many figures to assist us in determining the number of handicapped in our population. Much of this information is very much dated and one would wonder as to its present applicability. An often used estimate is that 10%5 of the population is handicapped in some way. This 10% estimate is for all types of handicaps (allowing 3% for the mentally handicapped) an estimate of 7% for physically disabled might be a useful rule of thumb onâ&#x20AC;˘a total basis. Another estimate comes from the United States National Center for Health Statistics, it ...states that during 1970 approximately 23.6 million persons, representing 11.3 percent of the civilian, noninstitutionalized population, had some degree of limitation of activity as the result of one or more chronic conditions. This estimate includes 8.9 percent who were limited in their major activity. Limitation of activity is a measure of long-term reduction in activity resulting from chronic diseases or impairment and is defined as inability to carry on the usual activity for one's age-sex group, such as working, keeping house, or going to school. Restriction- in the amount or kin of usual activity, or restriction in relation to other activity."6 We will, for the purpose of this report, use the Canadian estimates, i.e. 7% as a base. There are however, considerably more disabled persons who are elderly*, at least on a proportional basis, than there are in other age groups. Table 1 indicates the expected number of physically disabled in Edmonton, based upon the 7% estimate, without consideration for differences in age groups.

*Although this may be obvious, it is basically an assumption and there is no accurate information in this area.

There are many other estimates of the numbers of physically disabled based on information from disability groups, disease incidents levels, etc. The accuracy of these estimates is questionable. The Canadian Sickness Survey 1950 - 517 based upon actual survey information, was probably the most accurate material on the numbers of disabled in Canada. There are however, serious limitations to its usefulness at the present time. These limitations include: 1) the survey was conducted a short time after a major war, this factor may tend to skew the results; 2) there is considerably less accuracy in generalizing from a large population to a small one than there is in generalizing from a small population to a larger one; 3) there have been considerable improvements in the quality of the health care in Canada since this study was conducted, Table 2, using the Canadian Sickness Survey as a base of information, gives the number of disabled by disability. Talbe 3, the number of disabled by age group. The recent report "Adult Transportation Service for the Disabled" gives information on numbers of disabled by disability (Table 4), by mobility (Table 5) and by age (Table 6). This information is based upon secondary and tertiary sources and has similar limitations, if not more so than does the Canadian Sickness Survey itself. The Handicapped Registry (Department of Health and Social Development) maintains a voluntary registry (see below section on services) of handicapped persons in Alberta. Table 7 gives the number of handicapped registered by diagnosis. It should be noted that this registry has only been in operation since 1967, it is voluntary, and not a complete listing of persons who are disabled. Similarly, the Local Board of Health, maintains a registry (which actually provides the information for the Provincial l'egistry, and Table 8 indicates the cumulative number of children registered with the Local Board of Health at the end of 1972). During The summer of 1973, the Local Board of Health examined their files of births from March, 1968 to June, 1973*. Table 9 indicates the numbers of handicapped children born within this time period. Although its expected that handicaps because of accident will increase with age, the figures indicate only a 4% figure as handicapped. This is probably far below that expected for the population. Some additional information is available on where the handicapped are living. The report Adult Transportation Services for the Disabled, lists the census tracts in which 8 types of disabilities are located. From this information there appears to be a somewhat higher proportion of disabled in census tracts eleven, twelve, tur-ty-nine, sixty-five, and sixty-seven. The reasons for this higher incidence was not listed, There is no information which can demonstrate with real validity the numbers of disabled persons in the population. The 10% and 7% figures given are simply estimates. Since the Canadian Sickness Survey, there has been little attempt made to actually determine the numbers of physically disabled persons in a population. It would be extremely useful to include questions on disabilities in the next census of Canada. This would

*Actual dates by Clinic given in Table 9.

6 give information on a nation-wide basis and allow it to be used additionally for smaller locations such as provinces, cities and census tracts. It is recommended that the authorities in charge of conducting the census of Canada be requested to include this information in their next census. TABLE 1 THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED IN METROPOLITAN EDMONTON BY AGE GROUPS BASED ON 7% ESTIMATE AGE GROUP

NUMBER OF PEOPLE

(X 7%)

NUMBER HANDICAPPED

TOTAL

495,705

34,700

0 - 4

46,345

3,240

5 - 9

53,310 â&#x20AC;¢

3,730

10 - 14

52,860

3,700

15 - 19

48,235

3,380

20 - 24

50,805

3,560

25 - 29

40,755

2,850

30 - 34

32,585

2,280

35 - 39

31,335

2,190

40 - 44

29,630

2,070

45 - 49

27,000

1,890

50 - 54

21,390

1,500

55 - 59

18,185

1,270

60 - 64

13,775

960

65 - 69

10,615

740

70 - 74

7,470

520

75 - 79

5,355

370

80 - 84

3,545

250

85 - 89

1,805

130

715

90 + over

- 7 TABLE 2 THE DISABLED POPULATION OF EDMONTON BASED UPON THE CANADIAN SICKNESS SURVEY -1950-51 CANADA (1951)

EDMONTON 1971*

Heart Disease

126,000

3/940

Impairment due to Accident

121,000

3,790

Arthritis and Rheumatism

115,000

3,600

Deafness

73,000

2,280

Visual Disability

67,000

2,100

Chronic Diseases of Nervous System

57,000

1,780

Other Causes

399,000

12,490

TOTAL - All Causes

957,000

29,950

14,009,000 Canada 1951

Census of Canada 1951

*438,425 Edmonton 1971

TABLE 3 DISABLED PERSONS BY AGE GROUPS CANADA (1951)

EDMONTON (1971)

All ages

957,000

29,950

Under 25

139,000

4,350

25 - 44

238,000

7,450

45 - 64

317,000

9,920

65 and over

263,000

8,230

- 8 TABLE 4 ESTIMATED NUMBER OF DISABLFD BASED UPON SEVERITY OF DISABILITY* LIMITED BUT LIMITED IN NOT IN KIND OR MAJOR AMOUNT OF MAJOR ACTIVITY ACTIVITY

DISABILITY '

UNABLE TO CARRY ON MAJOR ACTIVITY

Heart Disease

945

2273

842

4061

Impairment due to accident

376

2355

1178

3971

Arthritis & Rheumatism

565

2126

1010

1707

Deafness

565

1199

587

2355

Visual Impairment

671

1050

419

2147

Chronic diseases of nervous system

671

736

419

1831

Other causes

1786

7327

3937

13053

TOTAL

5607

17069

8690

31065

TOTAL

TABLE 5 DISABILITY CATEGORIES"FOR METROPOLITAN EDMONTON Total Physically Handicapped Non-Institutionalized Institutionalized Gets out on own, no aids or difficulty Gets out on own with aid or difficulty Gets out only if accompanied Gets about house with mechanical aids Chairfast Bedfast

* Source: Adult Transportation Service for the Disabled. **David, editor.

32127 31065 1062 15596 7913 3843 3843 655 1420

- 9 TABLE 6 DISABILITY LEVEL BY AGE GROUP* UNABLE TO CARRY ON MAJOR ACTIVITY

LIMITED IN KIND OR AMOUNT OF MAJOR ACTIVITY

LIMITED BUT NOT IN MAJOR ACTIVITY

0 - 45

926

5283

4040

10252 â&#x20AC;¢

46 - 64

1556

5895

2801

10253

65+

3113

5895

1556

10566

TOTAL

5597

17069

8418

31065

AGE GROUP

TOTAL

TABLE 7 NUMBERS OF DISABLED REGISTERED WITH THE HANDICAPPED REGISTRY IN ALBERTA - 1974 NUMBER

DIAGNOSIS Polio

633

Muscular Dystrophy

154

Multiple Sclerosis

124

Cerebral Palsy

1400

Other Brain Defects

1100

Other Neurological Dyskinesis

Spinal Cord Defect

144

Amputation - congenital

381

- traumatic TOTAL NEUROMUSCULAR DISORDERS

102

4113

*Source: David (editor) Adult Transportation Service for the Disabled

-10NUMBER

TABLE 7 (cont.)

DIAGNOSIS

Arthritis - degenerative

159

- rheumatoid

189

TOTAL ORTHOPEDIC DISORDERS Cardial-Vascular disorders

200 (minimum)

Asthsma

558

Other respiratory disorders

200 1816

Diabetes

200

Kidney disease

2974

TOTAL MEDICAL DISORDERS

232

Partial Sight Loss

1200

Blindness

1432

TOTAL VISUAL DISORDERS

1760

Partial Hearing

314

Deafness

2074

TOTAL HEARING DISORDERS Allergies

267

Epilepsy

2039 TOTAL

13088

11 TABLE 8 NUMBERS OF CHILDREN REGISTERED WITH THE CITY OF EDMONTON LOCAL BOARD OF HEALTH - HANDICAPPED REGISTRY AT END OF 1972 DISABILITY ORTHOPEDIC - TOTAL Congenital Muscular Dystrophy Osteochondroses Rheumatoid Arthritis Post Traumatic Miscellaneous INFECTIVE AND PARASTIC - TOTAL Poliomyelitis Tuberculosis - Respiratory - Bone and Joint -Other Other Infections NEOPLASTIC - TOTAL Benign - Haemangioma -Other Malignant - Central Nervous System - Leukaemia -Other ALLERGIC, ENDOCRINAL, METABOLIC AND NUTRITIONAL - TOTAL Asthma Diabetes Other - allergic - endocrine - metabolic and nutritional DISEASES OF BLOOD AND BLOOD PRIMARY ORGANS - TOTAL Haemophilia Purpura Miscellaneous

PRESCHOOL

SCHOOL

TOTAL

174

166

340

172 0 0 1 1 0

70 8 33 32 9 14

242 8 33 33 â&#x20AC;¢ 10 14

0 0 0 0 4

19 5 0 2 9

19 5 0 2 13

13 , 0 1 0 0

5 6 10 0 7

18 6 11 0 7

265

297

3 7 0 3 19

64 129 20 14 38

67 136 20 17 57

3 0 7

5 1 8

8 1 15

- 12 TABLE 8 (cont.) PRESCHOOL

SCHOOL

TOTAL

523

592

12 28 7 11 11

56 396 21 11 39

68 424 28 22 50

303

381

7 1 40 19 10 1

25 5 70 59 134 10

32 6 110 78 144 11

360

408

32 4 12

111 217 32

143 221 44

102

187

50 52

24 61

74 113

BIRTH INJURIES - TOTAL

SPEECH DEFECTS - TOTAL

5 0 8

5 1 7

10 1 15

112

1 —

588 —

1949

2537

DISABILITY DISEASES OF CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTIM TOTAL Cerebral Palsy Epilepsy Hydrocephalus Sp1:3 Bifide and Meningocele Other DISEASES INVOLVING LOSS OF SPECIAL SENSES - TOTAL Eyes - cataract -glaucoma - strabismus - other Ears - impaired hearing - other DISEASES OF CIRCULATORY SYSTEM - TOTAL Congenital Rheumatic Fever Other DISEASES OF RESPIRATORY SYSTEM - TOTAL CONGENITAL MALFORMATIONS - TOTAL Hare Lip and/or Cleft Palate Other

DISEASES OF DIGESTIVE SYSTEM - TOTAL Hirschsprung's Disease Iffegacolon Other DISEASES OF GENITO-URINARY SYSTEM - TOTAL OTHER - TOTAL TOTAL

TABLE 9

. DISABLED CHILDREN REGISTERED WITH LOCAL BCARD OF HEALTH CLINICS IN EDMONTON*

CLINIC

BIRTHDATE RANGE.

VISUAL PROBLEMS

SPEECH PROBLEMS

HEARING PHYSICAL PROBLEMS HANDICAP

MEDICAL PROBLEM

ACCIDENTAL HANDICAP

TOTAL

CHARTS SCANNED 4100

Central

3/68-1/73

Duggan

3/68-12/72

137

4205**

Eastwood

3/63-7/73

148

5575

Glengarry

3/68-6/73

101

202

7587

Idyl lde***

3/68-7/73

106

297

6570

Jasper Place

3/68-6/73

131

6222

South Side

3/68-12/72

119

3790 **

Woodcroft

3/68-6/73

. 27

â&#x20AC;&#x201D; 33

106

'4512

253

122

476

- 318

1.6

-1231

' 42561

T OTAL

* Source: Paddon, D. ..Unpublished Research Report. Local Board of Health. ** Incomplete ***Overemphasis on possible strebismus

- 14 TABLE 10 NUMBERS OF REGISTERED HANDICAPPED IN THE CITY OF EDMONTON OCTOBER 1974* BY DISABILITY CATEGORY Neuromuscular - 1512 (includes: cerebral palsy, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, late effects of meningitis and polio, hereditary neuromuscular disease, paralysis agitans, motor neurone disease and disease of spinal cord) Orthopedic - 105 (includes: osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, achondroplasia, osteogenesis inperfecta, congenital amputation limb, traumatic amputation) Respiratory - 215 (includes: asthma, emphysema, bronchiectasis) Blood Dyscrasias - 29 (includes: haemophilia, purpura) Kidney - 7 (includes: hephrosis, renal sclerosis, hydronephrosis) Visual - 310 (blind) Auditory - 1346 (includes: deaf and hard of hearing) Congenital Anomalies - 310 (includes: spina bifidia, hydrocephalus)

TOTAL REGISTERED IN THE CITY OF EDMONTON -- 3834

*Source: Handicapped Registry

- 15 TABLE 11 TEN MOST FREQUENTLY REGISTERED HANDICAPS, 1967 AND 1972 IN ALBERTA FREQUENCY RANK ORDERS 1967 1972

HANDICAP Mental Retardation Speech Defects Epilepsy Defects in Vision Diabetes Congenital limb deformities (other than Club Feet) Defects in Hearing Cerebral Palsy Club Feet Polio Cleft Lip and/or Palate

NUMBER OF CASES 1972*

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 4 7 6

4,094 3,657 2,039 1,666 1.816

6 7 8 9 10

5 3 9 8 -10

1,995 2,083 1,403 1,573 -991

TABLE 12 AGE-SEX DISTRIBUTION OF REGISTERED HANDICAPPED PERSONS AS OF YEAR END 1972** IN ALBERTA AGE

MALES of /0

0-6 7-12 13-18 18+ TOTAL

SEX HERMAPHRODITES NOT KNOWN

FEMALES IT

12.8 15.6 10.9 16.9

2,417 9.3 2,797 10.7 2,043 7.8 4,190 16.0

0.0

14,696 56.2

11,447 42.8

0.0

3,346 4,079 2,850 4,421

2 4 2 4

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

12 0.0

TOTAL #

5,765 6,881 4,895 8,616

22.0 26.3 18.7 33.0

26,157 100.00

* Number of cases is not available for 1967. The 1972 figures include cases who were active, inactive, dead and lost-to-follow-up. Dashes indicate diseases which were not among the ten most frequently registered handicaps. **Includes active and inactive cases.

-16-

NOTES (Chapter I) 1. Gellman, William 1974 "Projections in the Field of Physical Disability" Rehabilitation Literature 35:(1):3 ,2. Frankel, Lynn; Lammey, Michael; Lyman, Peter and M.C. Dougall, Rod 1974 Transportation for the Disabled: Metropolitan Toronto Transportation Plan Review. Toronto Transit Commission: Tornnto. . 3. Latham, G. and Morris, D. 1974 Adult Transportation Service for the Disabled. Transportation Planning Branch, Engineering and Transportation Department: Edmonton. 4. Ibid. 5. Central Mortgage and Housing Corporation 1973 Housing the Handicapped. 6. Gellman, William 1974 Projections in the Field of Physical Disability. Rehabilitation Literature 35:(1):2-3. 7. Canadian Sickness Survey, 1950-1951. Dominion Bureau of Statistics.

-17-

ASSOCIATIONS

The Associations described in this section are those organizations concerned with people..having a particular disease entity, a chronic health care problem, or some condition that leaves an individual physically disabled to some degree. Membership in these organizations consists primarily of either parents of persons with that particular health problem or are those persons who have the health problem themselves. The goals of these organizations though different, depending upon the particular needs of that particular health problem, are generally speaking similar in that they are concerned with the general welfare of persons with the particular health problem; they are involved in fund raising for research into the health problem, they often provide some funds for health services over and above those provided by the traditional health care system and they attempt to educate the public about the abilities, disabilities and problems etc. of their particular health care group. Many of these organizations have been in existence for a considerable period of time and have spear-headed the struggle for improved medical care for people with health care problems, they have provided much work and much assistance in improving the situation of the rights of the disabled. Table 13 titled Membership in Disease Entity and Health Care Problem Groups, lists the various associations that are presently in existence in Edmonton. These total 21 organizations. Membership information has been broken down into 5 categories for purposes of this report; persons with that particular disability, relatives or family of persons with a particular disability, resource persons, organizational members, and other concerned citizens. Total membership in the individual assoc/ation is indicated. Totals of types of members are not listed however, because of the different ways some organizations have of recording memberships. It does appear, however, interesting that many of these organizations have a small membership. Yet, they are extremely active and play a significant part in the service network in Edmonton.

The Muscular Dystrophy Association of Canada 7320 - 79 Avenue 465-6868 466-1675 Edmonton, Alberta

The purpose of the association is to raise funds to provide for research and to aid people affected by muscular dystrophy. The association was founded in 1954 and is serving 25 muscular dystrophy people in Edmonton. The association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is registered as a charitable organization. The goal of the association is to find the cause and a cure for muscular dystrophy. The entire association is voluntary and concerned with problems on a local, provincial and national level. 250 volunteers are used for fund raising purposes.

TABLE 13 MEMBERSHIP IN DISEASE ENTITY AND HEALTH CARE PROBLEM GROUPS PERSONS . WITH DISABILITY

OTHER RELATIVES . RESOURCE ORGANI- CONCERNED. -, OR PERSONS ZATIONS CITIZENS FAMILY

Muscular Dystrophy Association of Canada (1)

Canadian Cystic Fibrosis Foundation (1)

Canadian Paraplegic Association (3)

140

Association for the Hearing Handicapped (1)

Canadian Hemophilia Society (2)

Parkinsons Society of Alberta (2)

Canadian Diabetic Association (1)

736*

35*

175

220

107

775 60

Alberta Association for the Dependent Handicapped (1)

Alberta Tuberculosis & Respiratory Disease Association

- Not a membership organization

Multiple Sclerosis Society (1)

180

Edmonton Epilepsy Association (1)

285

Edmonton Cerebral Palsy Association ( )

Canadian Foundation for Polio & Rehabilitation (3)

400

64*

Canadian Arthritis & Rheumatism Society (2)

War Amputations of Canada (1)

-TOTAL

12 72

200

15**

300 12 72 300

1 co. i H

TABLE 13 (cor - ) PERSONS RELATIVES OTHER OR RESOURCE ORGANI- CONCERNED WITH â&#x20AC;¢ DISABILITY FAMILY PERSONS ZATIONS -CITIZENS Kidney Foundation of Canada (1) Canadian Cancer Society Civilian Amputees Association Alberta Society for Visually Impaired (2) Canadian National Institute for the Blind (Alberta) (2)

* Also includes relatives and family **All others 1 - Edmonton and area 2 - Alberta

3 -

Northern Alberta

TOTAL 100

- Members are those who have made donations 12 (Organization presently inactive) 2 1973

73 1973

-20All funds come from donations from businesses and private citizens. The budget of the association is $77,467.00. Anyone interested in muscular dystrophy can become a member. Membership fees are $100 per year. The workings of the association are publicized by brochures, monthly newsletters and word of mouth. The agency refers clients to doctors, hospitals, counselling and other appropriate agencies. Problems seen: There is a great need for research into muscular dystrophy and the funds are not sufficient. Muscular Dystrophy patients 06/74 need to be more independent. Transportation is a problem.

Canadian Cancer Society (Alberta Division) Edmonton Section 9907 - 108 Avenue 424-2246 Edmonton, Alberta

The Canadian Cancer Society is a volunteer association of people united in their determination to conquer cancer. The Society considers itself the pioneer organization of cancer control in Canada. It is the only voluntary national health agency engaged in a comprehensive program of research, education and service to cancer patients. The Alberta Division, of which Edmonton is a unit, is part of a national organization with the same objectives. (The head office of the national organization is in Toronto) The goals of the society are educating the public about cancer, keeping doctors informed about cancer, supporting research and detection facilities for cancer patients, improving medical and social services to cancer patients, and broadening the research program. A number of services are offered through the society. These consist of: dressing service - free dressings are supplied to all cancer patients being cared for outside of hospital and other government subsidized institutions in Alberta. Dressings are supplied through requisition forms provided by the society. Upon receipt of a requisition arrangements for delivery or pickup of supplies are implemented at 2 week or 4 week intervals. Patients living in major cities pick up their own supplies from the Cancer Society offices. Patients residing in other areas of the Province receive their supplies by mail. Colostomy appliances - These are not part of the free dressing service. In cases of financial need, however, a set will be supplied by the society upon the direct recommendation of the patient's physician. Once a patient has an appliance, the society, through the dressing service, supplies the disposable bags and other appliance parts necessary. Appliance sets are only supplied when a financial need exists and the service has been recommended by the patient's physician. Loan of Nursing Equipment - To facilitate the care and comfort of the patient in the home, the society has set up loan centres in Calgary, Edmonton, Lethbridge, Medicine Hat and Red Deer. Such articles as hospital beds, wheelchairs, bedpans, crutches, etc. are available. Articles can be kept on loan as long as required.

-21Emergency Services: Patients must be registered at one of the Provincial Government Cancer Clinics to be eligible for assistance. Needy cases should be referred to the society where circumstances will be investigated by a Patient-Services Committee, which will grant assistance if warranted. Assistance is given only when it is not available from other sources, such as government, municipal agencies or welfare help organizations. Types of assistance which may be rendered by the society following a means test are: Transportation from the patient's home to Provincial Government 1. treatment centres. Assistance for travelling outside of the Province may be given where both the Cancer Clinic and the patient's physician state, in writing, that treatment, not available in the Province, might benefit the patient. 2. Room and board assistance while a patient is receiving treatment away from his home. Assistance to purchase prescribed pain killing drugs, on the 3. Society's approved list. Reach for Recovery Program - This program is for the rehabilitation of masectomy patients. It includes restoration of external appearance; maintenance of range of motion and function of the operated arm and shoulder; and aid in psychological adjustment. The Society raises its funds through annual campaigns. These campaigns operate independently throughout the country. The provincial goal in Alberta was close to $700,000.00 for 1974. Thirteen research and fellowship awards have been made in the Province of Alberta to the University of Alberta and the Provincial Cancer Hospital Board. These grants have totalled almost $600,000.00 for 1973-74. It is estimated that new cancer cases in 1974 in Alberta totalled 4,880.

Canadian Cystic Fibrosis Foundation Box 1421 Edmonton, Alberta

The Association is made up primarily of parents with cystic fibrosis children. The goal of the Association is to provide funds to find a cause and a cure for cystic fibrosis through research and to provide any equipment prescribed by doctors at no charge to the families of cystic fibrosis children. The Association does not maintain a business office. It uses 4 volunteers to help the staff at the Knights of Columbus Bingoes for fund raising purposes. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local, provincial, national and international basis. All funds are raised by the Association's own fund raising campaigns. The gross expenditure for last year's operation was $34,343.00. The current size of membership is 32 people and membership fees are $5.00 per year. All members work on fund raising programs and they dismiss

-22their common problems. Meetings are held monthly and information about this program can be obtained through pamphlets and advertising. A 08/74 monthly newsletter is published which goes to members.

The Association for the Hearing Handicapped 488-7525 11024 - 99 Avenue Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

The Association is a parental organization whose main aim is to meet the needs of the hearing impaired in the greater Edmonton area. At this time, their main concern is the full time operation of a preschool for deaf children. Their programs are aimed at meeting the needs of children from birth to five years of age and providing parents with encouragement, support and training that will help them in coping with their handicapped child. They are interested in making the public aware of the value of their hearing and what to do if a loss is detected. They would like to expand their services to include the teens and deaf adults. A business office is maintained to fulfill the needs of the preschool staff and to serve as a referral and information centre. Full time staff consists of five people: 1 coordinator, 2 teachers, 1 homevisiting counsellor, and 1 secretary. Part-time staff consists of 2 teacher's aides and 2 interns. Approximately 8 to 10 volunteers are used throughout the school term. They assist teachers in the classroom, they become involved with the children, and do some teaching in small groups or on a one to one basis. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act. As an Association, they are primarily concerned with local problems. Financial support for the Association comes from various sources; Provincial 10%, U.C.F. 85%, and about 5% from the membership. The gross expenditure for last year's operations was about $60,000.00 to $65,000.00. Membership fees are $2.00 per year per family and membership is open to the public. Current size of membership is about 400. The general membership is involved in the election of officers and lends ideas and support to the Association. Approximately 10% of the membership have impaired hearing, another 10% are families or relatives, 20% are resource people, 5% are from organizations and the remaining are concerned citizens. General meetings are held once every 3 months in the school building. A monthly newsletter is sent out to members, professional, doctor's offices, and to the general public, etc. In the last 6 months, children have been referred to social workers, medical personnel, occupational therapists, teachers, audiologists, etc. Problems seen: The respondent felt that there was a decline in referrals, perhaps due to public unawareness of the hearing handicapped or an unawareness of existing programs. Another problem is the lack of job security and fringe benefits because of community support and little Government funding.

- 23 5.

Canadian Hemophilia Society 562 Sage Crescent Maplegrove

467-9299

The Alberta Chapter of the Canadian Hemophilia Society is a nonprofit organization concerned with the general welfare of hemophiliacs. Hemophilia is an inherited disease, in which clotting of the blood is abnormally delayed due to a deficiency of an essential agent for coagulation. It is inherited by males through the mother as a sex-linked character. The aims and objectives of the organization are: 1) to help establish a working treatment centre and improve patient-doctor relations; 2) to make all hemophiliacs and related blood disorders aware of the Society; 3) to distribute literature and to educate the general public and medical professions regarding hemophilia; 4) to work amongst ourselves towards a better understanding of the problems encountered and thus to aid each other. Monthly meetings are held the third Tuesday of every month and guest speakers are invited whenever it is possible. The Society holds an annual picnic every September. A weekend family camp is held at Camp HE HO HA in May. Volunteers are used by the Society at the Red Cross on Thursdays in evening clinics and work at registration desk and at bleeder beds and in rest homes for hemophiliacs. The Society is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems provincially and nationally. It is affiliated with the Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled, the Canadian Hemophiliacs Society and the World Federation of Hemophiliacs. Memberships are $3.00 per year per family. The gross expenditures for last years operations were $3,691.00. Anyone interested in hemophiliacs and those affected may become members. The current size of membership in Alberta is 107. Of this membership, 43 are hemophiliacs and the rest are said to be families of those afflicted with the disease.

Parkinsons Society of Alberta 10649 - Saskatchewan Drive 439-7636

The Parkinsons Society was organized in order to assist those afflicted with Parkinsons disease. They meet every month and have guest speakers who discuss history, new drugs and treatment of Parkinsons disease. The purposes of these meetings is to get those afflicted with Parkinsons out and mix with others so that there is less of a feeling of isolation, and to give them support and encouragement. With any donations and memorials presented, they hope to be able to contribute towards scholarships for medical students and for research into Parkinsons disease. Meetings are held at Garneau Community Hall (10943 - 84 Avenue) the first Thursday of the month.

The Society is legally incorporated under the Socieites Act and is concerned with problems on a Provincial level. The Society has no affiliates. Membership is open to anyone interested and membership fees are $1.00 per year. The 1974 membership is 35 to 40 people who are active. Approximately 75% of the membership consists of people who have Parkinsons disease, the rest are those who are relatives or family of people with the disease. Information about the Society is publicized in announcements in the "Club Events" column of the Edmonton Journal. Problems seen: The respondent indicated that he wanted the public and Government to know that research is being conducted into Parkinsons Disease and that it is not a forgotten cause. The public must be educated about Parkinsons and those afflicted with the disease must know that there is hope and encouraging research reports.

Canadian Dillbetic Association 429-0931 #301, 10102 - 101 Street

The aim of the Association is to help diabetics understand and live with their condition and to show them how to lead a full life. The Association also stresses the education of the public on diabetes. The Association's monthly meetings are open to the public and summer camps for diabetic children are provided (see section on Recreation). Advice is given to mothers of diabetic children and a group of 18-25 year olds meet regularly. Staff consists of one secretary. 50-80 volunteers are used to carry out the work of the Association. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is primarily concerned with problems on a local level. The funds of the Association are raised locally through social functions and by donations and membership fees. The gross expenditure for last years operation was $32,000.00. Anybody who is diabetic or interested in diabetes is welcome to join the Association:. The membership consists of 775 people at present, of which 95% are diabetics or close relatives of diabetics. Meetings are held seven times per year in the Northwestern Utilities staffroom. The workings of the Association are publicized by the media and the monthly newsletter which goes to all members of the Association. Problems seen: The respondent felt that the major problem encountered by diabetics is the high cost of instruments and supplies which is not covered by any insurance. 06/74

AlbertaAssociation for the Dependent Handicapped Box 1846 488-6884

The Association is concerned with providing residential facilities with activity centres for dependent handicapped children who are not eligible for any other program. The primary goal of the Association is to persuade the Government to provide these facilities and some developmental programs for the dependent handicapped.

-25Members of the Association have presented briefs to the Government regarding the need for residential activity centres. The Association uses six volunteers in the administration of the Activity Centre which it runs, in printing the monthly newsletters, sitting on committees and surveying the needs of parents and children. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local and provincial level. The Association is funded by the Province, community funds and membership fees. The gross expenditure for 1973 was $12,200. Membership is open to anyone and the fee is $3.00 per year per family. 80 people are members of the Association. Members attend meetings and vote on important issues. The Association is concerned with any physical and mental disability and 99% of the members are people of the disability group and their parents. Meetings are held on a monthly basis. The workings of the Association are publicized through newsletters, articles in newspapers and public speaking. The Association has referred people to social workers, doctors, and the Glenrose Hospital. Problems seen: The problem areas as seen by the Association's members are a lack of residential activities, particularly for the dependent handicapped and lack of support services.

Alberta Tuberculosis and Respiratory Disease Association 10618 - 124 Street 482-6527 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

The Association was formed for the sole purpose of assisting the Provincial Government in the treatment and control of Tuberculosis. Its only source of funds is from the sale of Christmas Seals sponsored by various service clubs throughout Alberta. It uses these funds to supplement and complement existing Government services. To prevent duplication it has a Medical Advisory Board consisting of Govsrnment physicians and a medical officer of health. The goal of the Association is the control of Tuberculosis and other respiratory diseases. The Association distributes films, pamphlets and educates the public on the hazards of smoking. Mobile and stationary X-ray clinics serve in the early detection of respiratory diseases. Staff consists of nine people: 4 office staff, 1 executive director, 2 program directors, 1 Christmas Seal director and 1 assistant executive director. 3,000 volunteers are used in Christmas Seal promotion and health education. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies and Companies Act and is concerned with problems on all geographic levels. It is registered as a charitable organization for fund raising purposes. The gross expenditure for last year's operation was $404,357.35. The Association has no general membership but only uses volunteers in all its activities. Meetings of the Board of Directors are held monthly in the Association's office. The Association publicizes its workings in an Annual Report.

-26Problems seen: The respondent feels that there are financial 06/74 problems for T.B. patients due to the long hospitalization.

10.

Multiple Sclerosis Society Edmonton Chapter 424-6766 701 Tegler Building Hours: Monday to Friday, 9:00 - 5:00

The Society is a voluntary organization with patient services, education, support and research on behalf of young adults with M.S. The primary goal of the Association is to help Multiple Sclerosis patients and to educate the public. The Society provides counselling, necessary equipment, dispenses literature and makes home visits. Staff consists of one secretary and one social worker. Fourteen volunteers are on the Board of Directors, who work in the area of hospital visits and public education. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local level. Ninety percent of the Association's budget is provided by the United Way and ten percent is provided by memorial donations. Membership fees are $2.00 per year. The gross expenditure for last years operations was $16,700.18. Anybody who is interested can join the Society. Membership consists of 200 people. Meetings are held four times per year. The workings of the Association are publicized by the news media and brochures. A newsletter, which goes to all members and M.S. patients, is published every two months. The Society has referred people to the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society and the Glenrose Hospital. Problems seen: The major problems facing M.S. patients are adequate housing and transportation. There is also a lack of rehabilita07/74 tive services for M.S. patients.

11.

Edmonton Epilepsy Association 725 Tegler Building 422-2710 Hours: Monday to Friday, 9:00 - 5:00

The Association dispenses information about epilepsy to epileptics and other interested persons. It refers epileptics to doctors and other places where they will receive optimum care. They provide recreation for epileptics. The goal of the Association is to aid epileptics and to dispel the myths in existence about epilepsy and epileptics. The Association's staff consists of two people whose duties are clerical, secretarial and advisory. Ten volunteers are used in recreational activities and for personal contact with epileptics. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local level. The funds for the Association are provided by U.C.F. Membership fees are $1.00 per year. The gross expenditure for last years operation was $16,000.00. Membership consists of 300 people of which 95% are epileptics. Meetings are held once per month and the workings of the Association are publicized by the media and the monthly newsletter which goes to members and friends. The Association has referred people to City Social Services, Canada Manpower and other agencies.

-27Problems seen: The respondent feels that there is a lack of understanding snd education regarding epilepsy. There also is not enough 06/74 suitable and meaningful recreation for epileptics.

12.

Edmonton Cerebral Palsy Association 475-6722 10212 - 127 Avenue Hours: Monday to Friday, 9:00 to 5:00

The purposes of the Association are: to study the needs and promote the welfare of the cerebral palsied in Canada; to gather information on cerebral palsy and its treatment and to disseminate it to all concerned individuals and organizations; to educate the public as to the needs of the cerebral palsied and how they may best be served; to work constantly toward the acceptance and integration of the cerebral palsied into the life of our society; to encourage and promote the formation of organizations and councils of parents and of groups of adults with cerebral palsy; and to promote and make effective the above mentioned. purposes. The Association maintains a business office but does not hire staff. Seven volunteers are on the Board of Directors. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local basis. All of the Association's funds are provided by the United Way. Membership fees are $1.00 per year. The gross expenditure for last year was $1,200..00. Meetings are held every three months and information about the Association is available by brochures. Clients are referred to the Department of Health and Social Development and to the Glenrose Hospital. Problems seen: There is a need for schooling and transportation for the cerebral palsied. 05/74

13.

The War Amputations of Canada 6006 - 107 Street 435-7822

This Association is designed for a membership of people who have lost a limb as a consequence of the war. The Association aims to help the war amputees in anyway they can, and they promote a better understanding of the problems of amputees. The primary goal of the Association is to secure employment for members and to make provisions for all men and women entitled to membership in the Association. The Association aims to study the question of artificial limbs and other appliances for the purpose of ensuring that the best possible equipment is provided for the members of the Association. The Association is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local basis. The Association provides a bus for the Fourth World Club. It is registered as a charitable organization and receives all its funds from the Key Tag Service. Membership fees are $5.00 per year. Last years expenditures were $10,000. Criteria for membership is loss of a limb as a result of war injury. The Association has 72 members. Meetings are held monthly and a monthly

-28newsletter is published which goes to all members and -widows of veterans. This organization is in essence an ex-servicemen's fraternal Association 07/74 designed to procure improved pension benefits and pzehetics.

14.

Canadian Foundation for Polio and Rehabilitation (Alberta Chapter) 454-0661 10996 - 124 Street

The Canadian Foundation for Polio and Rehabilitation originated in 1953 as the Polio Foundation. It is sponsored by the Alberta Command Royal Canadian Legion. The Foundation provides the following services to polio victims of all ages: monthly housekeeping and special assistance grants; purchase of wheelchairs, ramps and other special equipment; transportation and grants from outlying areas to travel to the City treatment centres; medical equipment donated to hospitals; bursaries for medical personnel; financial assistance for polio victims attending universities and vocational institutions. Approximately 400 people are presently being served in Alberta. The program is geared to all levels of physical functioning. The only prerequisite is that a client must have been stricken by polio. A medical diagnosis of polio is required prior to admission. The Board of Directors then decides on the admission of a client for service. It is open ended and a client may return at any time for further 07/74 assistance. Alberta is the geographic area served.

15.

Kidney Foundation of Canada (Edmonton Chapter) 439-5911 ext. 271 843 Tegler Building

The Foundation is responsible for giving support in preventive treatment of kidney disease and in screening urinary kidney and bladder abnormalities, high blood pressure and blood diseases. An early detection of warning signs for abnormalities and active treatment is stimulated. Other activities of the Foundation include kidney donor cards, care for kidney transplant patients and research for the prevention of kidney disease. Staff consists of two secretaries. 400 volunteers are used to man shopping centres and high schools for screening. The Foundation is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local, provincial and national level. Funds are provided by membership fees and other community sources. A donation of $3.00 per year entitles one to attend Foundation functions. The current size of membership is 600 people. Meetings are held monthly and the workings of the Foundation are publicized by the media. A quarterly newsletter goes to all members. Problems seen: There is a need for preschool testing of all children for urinary abnormalities and a need for Provincial funding of high blood pressure screening. 06/74

-2916.

Alberta Society for the Visually Impaired 10924 - 141 Street 455-7762 Hours: Monday to Friday, 9:00 - 12:00

This is a group of parents and professionals who are concerned about educational opportunities for visually impaired Albertans. This group petitions different agencies and interested persons regarding the educational needs of visually impaired or blind school children. One of their concerns is also the provision of textbooks and leisure reading for the visually impaired, and also books on tapes. The group is trying to have the University start training for teachers who will work with visually impaired children. The goal of the Society is to improve educational opportunities and to advocate integration and public awareness of the problems of the visually impaired. The entire Society is voluntary and is legally incorporated under the Societies Act. The Society's funds come from donations and membership fees which are $1.00 per year. The expenditure for last year's operations was $2,870.00. Any interested person can join the Society. Meetings are held monthly and a newsletter is published yearly which goes to members. Problems seen: The respondent feels there is a need for continuing assistance for the visually impaired, and more help is needed for teachers of the visually impaired as well as more materials. 06/74

17.

Alberta Council. for Hearing Handicapped 2204 - 1st Avenue 245-4677 Calgary, Alberta

The Council is designed to foster and promote the general welfare of hearing handicapped persons, to ensure the fillingof gaps in services for hearing handicapped and remove areas of duplication in services. The goal of the Council is to coordinate and foster coordination of associations for the deaf, also to encourage better understanding between deaf and hearing people. Deaf people are referred to other agencies that help the hearing handicapped. The Council is a voluntary organization; it is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local and provincial level. Funds come from membership fees and donations. Membership fees are $2.00 per year per individual. Last years expenditures were $432.16. Members must be working in an association for the deaf or hard of hearing. Meetings are held every two months in Red Deer. The workings of the Council are publicized through the media and other agencies. Problems seen: The respondent felt there is a communication barrier between the deaf and the hearing, also there is a need to educate the hearing public regarding the psychological problems of the deaf. There should be an improvement of educational facilities and guidance counselling for the deaf and hard of hearing to prepare them for the outside world. 06/74

-3018.

The Canadian National Institute for the Blind Alberta Division 488-4871 12010 - Jasper Avenue

The CNIB was established in 1918 as a non-profit organization to serve in the social and economic rehabilitation of the blind and to promote the prevention of blindness. It is headed by a voluntary National Council, with eight divisions across Canada. The CNIB is financially supported through the donations of public citizens, annual appeals and Government grants. Registration and eligibility for services is based on an eye specialist's report. There is no registration fee and all services to the sightless are provided free of charge. Staff consists of 17 people - 1 director, 3 supervisors, 1 rehabilitation supervisor, 1 mobile instructor, 2 field service people, 1 workshop foreman, 1 residence matron, 1 business manager, 4 secretaries, 1 switchboard operator, as well as many other indirect service staff. More than 250 volunteers are used in all capacities. Clients are referred to any applicable agency in the community, e.g., the Department of Education, Department of Health and Social Development, Edmonton Social Services for the Disabled, the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society, Vocational Rehabilitation for Disabled Persons, Canada Manpower, Alcohol and Drug Abuse Conunission, etc. The goal of the CNIB is the rehabilitation of the blind and the prevention of blindness through the following services: 1. Rehabilitation Teaching - The provision of skills necessary for blind persons to cope with the day to day problems of loss of vision. Through intensive adjustment training courses newly blind persons learn table management, grooming, cooking, and household repairs. In 1973, 106 Albertans were served in this program. 2. Social Services - Once a protective agency, the CNIB is now getting the blind out to do things for themselves. Social Services involves assisting sightless persons and their families in overcoming their problems. In 1973 2,360 cases were served. Education and Vocational Guidance - The blind are aided in obtain3. ing the best possible education and vocational training through the following services - vocational counselling and assessment, academic and vocational courses for blind adults, financial assistance, organizing of volunteer services such as readers and loan of special equipment such as tape recorders and tapes, record players and Braille writers. A./angements are made for grants, bursaries, scholarships and financing through Government for post secondary education. There were 296 people served in this program in 1973. Employment Service - The CNIB locates or provides job opportunities 4. for capable blind persons. Blind employment officers survey business and industry to locate jobs which do not require sight. CNIB provides employment on its staff, in Cater Plan and in occupational workshops. Assistance is also given to blind persons establishing themselves in business or locating their own job. Cater Plan provides employment for blind people

- 31 and revenue for CNIB rehabilitation services. With 2 warehouse locations in the Province, they service 79 smokeshops and cafeterias, and employ 82 blind and 273 sighted people. 5. Eye Service - Eye service involves counselling in relation to eye problems. Services include arranFing for eye examinations, transportation to and from examination if necessary, provision for glasses, artificial eyes, or medication, and any other service related to eyes. Some 559 individuals were served in 1973. 6. Residence - The provision of a residence service either here in Edmonton or in Calgary, meets the needs of elderly or homeless blind persons. There are residences in a total of 21 cities across Canada. Temporary accommodation is made available in the residences for persons coming to these centres for training or for eye treatment. There were 85 served by this service in 1973. 7. Children & Youth Program - This program provides counselling to assist parents and blind children in a satisfactory adjustment to blindness. It is available to children up to the age of 15 years. One of the unmet needs of the blind is the need to convince the public of the capabilities of the blind. A total of 246 children were given service in 1973. 8. Recreation - The CNIB finances and assists the Canadian Council of the Blind and its member clubs in organizing recreational, social and cultural activities for blind persons. They give people the tools to compete recreation wise, e.g. bowling, cribbage, curling, swimming, dancing, etc. The CNIB also sponsors additional recreation programs to aid in rehabilitation. 9. Salesroom - The CNIB salesroom makes handicraft materials available at cost to registered blind persons. It also carries a complete line of specially adapted games and appliances such as watches, clocks, playing cards, cribbage boards, braille watches and clocks, etc. 10. Library - The library caters to all readers. A children's library serves blind boys and girls. Blind students attending regular high school and university also find the service geared to their own study courses. Books are distributed without charge and are carried free in the mails. In 1973, there were 561 people served. 11. Concessions - Concession services designed to assist blind persons include theatre passes, reduced railway and E.T.S. fares and municipal travelling concessions. Many blind persons are provided with an opportunity to travel which they may not otherwise be able to afford. Concession services served 894 people in 1973. 12. General - CNIB provides canes to all registered blind persons. Radio, talking books, machines and Braille watches are distributed to sightless persons who cannot afford to buy them. Emergency assistance in cash or kind is given to prevent or relieve hardship pending proper responsibility being established. Provision of payment of guide dog fees are also made.

-32Home Study Courses - The CNIB has made special arrangements whereby 13. a blind person can take correspondence courses with material in Braille and on tape. Subjects range from chicken farming to physics. With material in Braille and on tape, blind students may supplement their education through grade school, high school and university. Prevention of Blindness This service was originated in October, 1918 and has been given free to more than 100,000 people. Prevention of Blindness is based on an eye specialist's report. If an eye specialist states that a patient is suffering from an eye condition which will result in blindness if not treated, and the patient cannot arrange for necessary care, the CNIB will see that treatment is provided. Need is the qualifying requirement. Other services under this program rendered in 1973 were: transportation for - 14, maintenance - 9, eye examinations 3, glasses and artificial eyes - 67, calls and interviews - 104, tape talking service for 23. In the low visual aid clinic 175 people were served. In the Eye Bank - 106 eyes were received and 67 grafts were performed. Also there were 7,000 children screened under the preschool screening program. The provision of low vision aids for blind persons with residual sight Is a recent addition to the prevention program. Service Statistics Number registered at January 1, 1973 New cases and transfers in during the year Cases closed and transfers out Number registered at December 31, 1973

1,896 271 194 1,973

Problems seen: The respondent felt that the greatest problem facing the blind is the lack of public education about blindness. 06/74

19.

Canadian Civilian Amputees Association 13523 - 110A Avenue 455-9445

The Civilian Amputees Association, founded in 1967, was formed to help amputees (civilian) understand their rights, what services they were entitled to, to advise on the availability of prostheses and to provide social acti7ities. They have been inactive for about a year. There are 12 members listed. It is expected that a general meeting will be called soon to determine the fate of the Association e.g. whether to disband or to affiliate with another organization.

-3320.

The Canadian Paraplegic Association (Alberta Division Edmonton Region) 454-0661 10996 - 124 Street Hours: Monday to Friday, 9:00 - 5:00

The C.P.A. is a private national organization with offices in all Provinces. It was established in 1945 in order to aid paraplegic veterans. Today, civilian paraplegics dominate: of an estimated total of 7,000 paraplegics in Canada, only 175 are veterans. The Alberta Division, organized in 1961, is msde up of the Calgary Region (Red Deer and South) and the Edmonton Region (Red Deer and North). Each is administered by its own Board of Management. The Edmonton office offers such services as: counselling; help with job placement; assistance in selecting cars, hand controls; etc. In addition the C.P.A. represents the Polio Foundation in the Edmonton area through its placement officer. The C.P.A. is a liaison type of agency effecting liaison betwe- n paraplegics and those agencies who can supply the services required. It is the goal of the Association to rehabilitate paraplegics to the best of the'r ability, e.g. socially, economically, physically, etc. They try to relate naraplegics to society - to explain what they are and what their needs are (e.g. architectural barriers and transportation needs). The C.P.A. represents the Worker's Compensation Board for new paraplegics and they are on the staff of the University of Alberta Rehabilitation Team. A business office is maintained at the above address in order to carry out the administration of the Association. Staff hired by the Association consists of four people: 1 executive director, 2 rehabilitation counsellors and 1 secretary. The Association is legally incorporated nationally and is registered as a charitable organization. The C.P.A. is concerned with local, provincial, national and international problems. They are affiliated with the Worker's Compensation Board, A.R.C.D., the Polio Foundation (Provincial) and C.R.C.D. (the Polio Foundation pays for the wage of 1 counsellor). Financial support comes from the following sources: U.C.F. (55%); Provincial sources (10%), municipal (9%), federal (5%), other sources (20%), membership (1%). The gross expenditure for last year's operations was $50,000. Membership is open to all who are interested as well as to paraplegics. 'ees are $2.00 per year and the current size of the membership is 350. The general membership appoints a Board of Management and they run the Association between annual meetings. There are 250 members who are paraplegics and 100 others comprised of relatives and concerned citizens. The annual meeting of the general membership has been held in the Chateau Lacombe the last 2 or 3 years. The workings of the C.P.A. are publicized in the newsletter, "Caliper". Caliper is published periodically and sent to the full membership and to other interested people.

- 34 Clients are referred to programs such as: Home Care, Edmonton Homemakers, Up-John, Alberta Vocational Centre, Motor Vehicles Branches, Canada Pension Plan, Social Services for the Disabled and Canada Manpower re employment, A.R.C.D., Polio Foundation and the Workerman's Compensation Board. Problems seen: The respondent felt that there were many problems in making referrals to Government agencies. Problem areas are housing, transportation and recreation.

21.

Hard of Hearing Organization (HOHO) 466-3438 9336 - 83 Street

The Hard of Hearing Organization is designed to assist those people who suffer a hearing loss in their adult years. They provide an opportunity to socialize, for the person to realize that he (or she) is not alone, and to provide a group to stimulate service provision to the hard of hearing. They also set a number of goals in relation to services for their members. These are: 1 - Develop a program in speech reading 2 - Training in care and maintenance of hearing aides 3 - Formal and informal counselling 4 - Instruction in basic sign language 5 - Arrangements for guest speakers 6 - Facilities for social and business meetings Goals number 1, 4, 5 and 6 have been realized with the aid of Alberta College. And, the organization has developed an advisory committee for the basic sign language course at Alberta College. Current membership size is 12 members. 22.

Canadian Arthritis and Rheumatism Society Alberta Division #339, 805 - 5th Street, S.W. Calgary, Alberta Edmonton Contact: 484-7436 (If DO answer, please direct inquiries to the Calgary Address)

The Society supports a Rheumatic Disease Unit at the University of Alberta Hospital; the unit is a specialized facility for the care of rheumatic disease patients who must be referred by their family physician, other services provided by the unit include research, teaching and education. Grants are awarded to train rheumatoligists and information is provided for public and professional use. A physiotherapist prides treatment for homebound arthritic and non-arthritic patients upon referral by patient's attending physician. Information from: AID, a Directory of Community Services in Edmonton and Area. Aid Service of Edmonton. Other information deleted at request of Society.

-35III

HEALTH SERVICES

A health or physical problem is at the root of difficulties suffered by all the physically disabled. While the total area of concern for those who are disabled is not limited to health care, an adequate health care system is essential to the well-being and survival of many who are disabled and often this dependence on the health care system is of a day to day nature. There are many physically disabled persons who are relatively healthy; many of the blind and deaf (except for their visual or auditory problems) are in excellent health; many amputees and paraplegics are also in excellent health. Toward the other end of the continuum, there are those who are suffering from diseases of a progressive nature who may presently be reasonably unaffected but will eventually become very dependent. there are those who need speical apparatus and appliances for maintaining a degree of mobility and possibly for their very survival. There are a large number of health problems which are often disabling. Some of these, such as multiple sclerosis, blindness, deafness, paraplegia, epilepsy, hemophilia, cerebral palsy, muscular dystrophy, etc., occur frequently enough in the population to allow the sufferers and/or their families to band together and organize into associations (see section on Associations). These associations have often lobbyed for and spear-headed the fight for better health care. The health care syctem must meet the needs of all the disabled regardless of the severity of the health problem. Over the years, with research, the quality of health care has improved tremendously and the range of health services have improved dramatically. At the same time, the costs of health care have escalated as rapidly if not more so than any other area of the economy while the Government through the health care and insurance system has been relieving the financial burden from the individual patient with the severe health problem and redistributing that burden in a more equitable manner. The universal health care insurance scheme may be the most significant development in services for the community of the post-world war II era.

INSTITUTIONAL HEALTH CARE SERVICES

Alberta, over the years, has placed its health care service priorities into institutional facilities. The institutional health services are designed to cover a -wide range of needs representing a continuum of care from the high intensity active treatment hospital to the low intensity nursing home. The type of facility used would depend upon the severity of the problem and the type of care necessary. 1.

Active Treatment Hospitals

Active treatment hospitals are the most intense of the institutional health services and offer a wide range of services. Edmonton has five active treatment hospitals with a total of 3,557 beds or 8.12 beds per 1,000 population (see Table 14). The wide range of services

-36offered is reflected in high costs which are covered by a per diem rate considerably higher than those of other types of health care institutions. The average per diem rate for Edmonton hospitals is $75.00.1 Patients admitted to active treatment hospitals are required to pay a $5.00 admission fee, additional charges to the patient are made for semi-private or private wards. The average length of stay varies from hospital to hospital. In 1972, the average length of stay was 12.7 days for the University Hospital, 7.9 days for the Royal Alexandra Hospital and 9.0 days for the Nisericordia Hospital and Edmonton General Hospita1.2 A description of the University Hospital is provided as an example of an active treatment hospital. 2.

Auxiliary Hospitals

These facilities provide for longer term care to persons who are chronically ill and others who do not need the high intensity care of the active treatment hospitals; in this respect, their services are critical to the disabled, who may frequently need a long term service. At present, there are six auxiliary hospitals in the City with the Aberhart Wing at the University Hospital, there is a total of 952 beds or 2.2. beds per 1,000 population (see Table 15). Basic services include nursing care, physiotherapy and occupational therapy. The auxiliary hospital patient is cared for by his own doctor. The over all average age of patients in auxiliary hospitals (in 1972) was 73 years. Only 160 patients (in 1972) in Edmonton or about 22% were under the age of 65. The first 120 days of care in a ward (two or four bed) are covered by Alberta Health Care Insurance. Each additional day of care is $3.00. There are additional charges for private wards. 3.

Specialized Hospitals

These hospitals provide specialized convalescent care. Specialized medical services are available as needed and active rehabilitation programs are conducted. The Aberhart Division of the University Hospital provides care for tuberculosis patients and polio victims in addition to the already mentioned 40 bed auxiliary unit. The W.W. Cross Cancer Institute provides diagnostic and treatment services for cancer patients. The Glenrose Hospital is the convalescent and rehabilitative hospital for Northern Alberta. 4.

Day Hospitals

The Geriatric Day Hospital located in the Dr. Angus NeGugan Nursing Home (10410 - 111 Avenue, Phone 474-5441) is a two year research project. The objectives of the day hospital are to prevent institutionalization and to shorten the length of stay in active treatment hospitals. 5.

Nursing Home Care

The nursing home program in Alberta was designed to provide continued qualified nursing home care for those not well enough to be accommodated in senior citizens lodges and not ill enough to be in hospitals, in as home-like atmosphere as possible.

-37While specifically designed for the elderly, in 1972, persons over 60 years of age accounted for over 93% of nursing home patients in Edmonton and Calgary.3 Thus, 7% of nursing home patients were under the age of 60, and thus not classified as elderly. It is interesting to note that only 49% of nursing home patients can walk without aids. See Table 16. In Edmonton City, there are ten nursing homes operating under contract through-the Edmonton and District Auxiliary Hospital and Nursing Home Board and one operating under the Department of Veteran Affairs, having a total of 1,664 beds in Edmonton City or over 3.79 beds per 1,000 population. Nursing homes in suburban areas (see Table 17) add 422 beds, bringing the total for the district to 2,086 beds. The waiting list for nursing homes in Edmonton City at the end of February, 1974, totalled 114 persons. Applications for nursing homes are made on a form available from the Central Placement Office. A person may state his preference for one or more nursing homes, however, only one application form may be completed. All applications are submitted to the Medical Assessment Board, which determines qualifications for admittance. Patients pay the following rates on a per diem, $3.00 for a standard ward, $5.00 for a semi-private room, $8.00 for a private room, the Provincial Government subsidizes the nursing home at a rate of $8.75 per patient per day to cover the costs of service. The subsidized rates are only available to applicants who have lived in Alberta three consecutive years prior to admission or ten consecutive years at any one time. (Central Placement Office, Phone 474-8381, extension 260 or 261).

TABLE 14 ACTIVE TREATMENT HOSPITALS Number of Beds

Name and Location Charles Camsell Hospital 12815 - 115th Avenue

404

Edmonton General Hospital 11111 - Jasper Avenue

559

Misericordia Hospital 16940 - 87th Avenue

555

Royal Alexandra Hospital 10240 - King sway Avenue

976

University Hospital 84th Avenue & 112th Street Total Active Treatment Beds

1063 3557

- 38 TABLE 15 AUXILIARY HOSPITALS Number of Beds

Name and Location

Allen Gray:7510 - 89th Street Good Samaritan 97th Street & 71 Avenue

200

Grandview 6215 - 124th Street

200

Lynwood 8740 - 165th Street

100

Norwood 11135 - 105th Street

162

St. Joseph's 107th Street & 82nd Avenue

198

Aberhart Wing (University Hospital)

Total Auxiliary Beds

952

TABLE 16 USE OF LIMBS AND EXTENT OF IMPAIRMENT OF NURSING HOME PATIENTS (EDMONTON & CALGARY) 1972* Limb

Normal

Impaired

No Use

Arm-right Arm-left Leg-right Leg-left

2678 2667 1978 1984

261 264 884 884

59 66 117 112

Bedfast - Yes - No TOTAL

8 2992 3000

*Source: Alberta Hospital Services Commission

Amputation , 2 3 21 20

Total 3000 3000 3000 3000

-39TABLE 17 NURSING HOMES Number of Beds

Name & Address Edmonton Central Park Lodge 5905 - 112 Street

134

Edmonton Veterans Home (D.V.A.) 11440 University Avenue

150

Good Samaritan Nursing Home 10530 - 56 Avenue

196

Good Samaritan, Southgate, Nursing Home 4225 - 107 Street

225

Dr. Angus, McGugan, Nursing Home 10410 - 111 Avenue

225

Hardisty Nursing Home 6420 - 101 Avenue

226

Holyrood Nursing Home 9510 - 80 Street

Jasper Place Central Park Lodge 8903 - 168 Street

100

Jubilee Lodge Nursing Home 10333 - 76 Avenue

128

Parkland Nursing Home, Edmonton North 13210 - 114 Street

120

Venta Nursing Home 13525 - 102 Street TOTAL BEDS - EDMONTON CITY

1664

Sherwood Park Nursing Home 2020 Brentwood Blvd., Sherwood Park

100

Youvil1e-Home 9th Street Vital Avenue, St. Albert

162

River Crest Lodge Fort Saskatchewan

Good Samaritan Nursing Home Stony Plain

90 TOTAL

2086

-401.

University of Alberta Hospital 112 Street & 84 Avenue 439-5911

The University of Alberta Hospital has a total bed capacity of approximately 1,100 beds. About 800 beds are located in the main building, 95 in the Newburn Pavilion and 200 in the Aberhart Hospital. This is an active treatment hospital with a full range of facilities to treat all types of illness. For those with physical handicaps, the active treatment facilities are available as required. A. In-Patient Services - offered in the main hospital and in the Iff.ewburn Pavilion consists of the following: 1. The Department of Medicine, with specialties in Cardiology, Pulmonary Disease, Hemotology and Onocology, Dermatology, Gastroenterology, Infectious Diseases, Endocrinology and Metabolism, Neurology (e.g. may treat an epileptic patient here), Rheumatology (for many patients, this may result in physical handicaps), Immunology and Nephrology (e.g. chronic renal disease - A renal dialysis unit provides treatment for chronic renal disease). 2. The Department of Surgery, with specialties in Neurosurgery (where many patients end up with a loss of mobility and/or permanent disabilities, such as a stroke patient), Orthopedics (many patients are left with chronic disabling conditions), Otolaryngology (hearing disabilities and speech difficulties treated), Plastic surgery, Urology, and Thoracic and Cardiac Surgery. 3. The Department of Opthamology - may involve treatment for limitations of sight or of total blindness. 4. The Department of Rehabilitation and Physical Medicine This is a 22 bed ward, newly relocated in the Aberhart Hospital Division of the University of Alberta Hospital. Patients are admitted to this unit who require the full range of physical medicine (physiotherapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy) plus special nursing techniques directed by medical staff with the specialty of psychiatry. Also available is consultation to those patients who require physical therapies as mentioned above. Out Patient clinics located in this Department are the Amputee, and Rheumatic Disease clinics. 5. The Department of Paediatrics - the services to children include the full range of medical specialties as outlined above. 6. The Department of Psychiatry B. Ambulatory Services (out patient services) - consist of the Health Science Clinics and the Emergency Department. (see specialized Institutional Health Services). 07/74

-41-

Geriatric Day Hospital 10410 - 111 Avenue (c/o Norwood Auxiliary Hospital) 474-8381

The Geriatric Day Hospital is designed as a research project, the objectives are to delay or prevent admission to Nursing Homes, Auxiliary Hospitals, or Active Treatment Hospitals. The objectives of the program itself are to assist the geriatric patient and his or her family members to attain the maximum capable level of independence in meeting their physical, emotional or social needs. Emphasis is placed on health teaching and self-independence is stressed. The services included in the day hospital are: medical, nursing, physiotherapy, occupational therapy, speech therapy, dietary counselling, recreation (or socialization). These services are provided on a day to day basis, and the patient returns to his domocile at the end of the day. The program was initiated in May of 1973 and currently serves 65 to 75 patients per week. A maximum of 20 to 25 patients are capable of being served per day. Since the beginning of the program 135 physically disabled people have been served. Of the patients being served on a weekly basis, approximately 60 have some form of physical disability. The patient can be served who has a partial disability to those with severe disabilities. The program is designed for the geriatric patient i.e. those over the age of 65, however, persons within the age range of 44 to 96 are being served. An assessment is required prior to admission and is carried through by a registered nurse in the program. This assessment is to determine the ability of the individual to meet his own needs and his capabilities. The problem of the patient is defined and work is carried on with the patients to teach them how to handle their own problems. The Central Placement Office determines admission of a patient. The patient must require medical or nursing supervision, the patient and the family must show signs of cooperation with the program, the patients attendance will postpone entry into a nursing home, auxiliary hospital, or active treatment hospital; patient can benefit from the total program not just one service; patient does not demonstrate behavior which is harmful to himself or others. The patient and the family must have taken measures to ensure safety and transportation to the program. Progress is measured by the treatment team on a continual basis. The program is designed to serve Edmonton City and surrounding rural area. Generally citizens of Edmonton City are served because of transportation problems. A patient is ready to complete the program when he may have to be transferred to a nursing home, auxiliary hospital or active treatment hospital, or when he is capable of maintaining himself. There are also some patients that cannot be discharged and the program is designed then as a maintenance situation. There is no follow-up of the patient when he finishes. The patient may re-contact the day hospital if a need comes

up.

- 42 There are 13 people on the waiting list for the program, patients are served on a first come first served basis. A patient on the waiting list can generally expect to wait two weeks for admission to the program. Staff consists of 2 nurses, 1 part-time physician, 1 coordinator, 1 certified nursing aid and 1 physiotherapist. The program is funded totally by the Alberta Hospital Services Commission. Referrals must be made by a physician. There is a standard assessment form to be completed which can be obtained from the Central Placement Office. During the past three months patients have been referred by special services, Edmonton Home Care Program, Urologists, Opthamologists, the Society for Retired and Semi-Reitred, Multiple Sclerosis Society, Handicapped Housing Society, Victorian Order of Nurses, Nursing Orderly Service, Out Patient Physiotherapy at an active treatment hospital, CNIB, and to the Extended Health Benefits Program. Information about this program is transmitted through various sources including the AID Directory, brochures are sent out to concerned agencies. Among the problems seen for persons in the program is difficulty of transportation. Staffing is seen as also insufficient. There is a need for expansion of the program as numbers on the waiting list shows a need for more of the same type of service. Some of the unmet needs for the physically disabled in the City are seen as transportation, extended health benefits for those who are under 65 years of age.

SPECIALIZED INSTITUTIONAL HEALTH SERVICES FOR THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED

With the exception of one program, the metabolic centre (located in the Edmonton General Hospital) the Specialized Institutional Health Services for the Disabled are located in the Glenrose Hospital, the University Hospital or the Dr. W.W. Cross Cancer Institute. (The Aberhart is a component part of the University Hospital complex) 1.

The Glenrose Hospital

The Glenrose Hospital is the convalescent and rehabilitation hospital serving Northern Alberta. It has two basic divisions, the convalescent-rehabilitative unit and the school hospital. Table 19 lists the numbers of patients served at the Glenrose Hospital. The Convalescent Rehabilitation unit serves primarily adults although some children are admitted who have short term problems. Such problems as cerebral vascular accidents, amputations, neurology, paraplegia, problems of connective tissue, post surgery, orthopedic, gynecology and some medical problems are served. This is the basic rehabilitation unit of the hospital. The following therapeutic departments

-43are among those providing services in the convalescent rehabilitation unit: a) occupational therapy; b) nursing; c) physiotherapy; d) social service. a. Occupational Therapy Department - This Department treats adult patients with a variety of conditions including orthopedic, cardio-vascular accidents, neurological and arthritis. Occupational therapy encourages the maximum functional independence of an individual in selfcare, ambulation, vocation and recreation. Upon receipt of medical order, the occupational therapist initially assesses the patients muscle strength and perceptual capabilities as related to functional activities. The areas of feeding, self-hygiene and dressing are assessed and training commenced to teach specific techniques and the use of aids and adaptations when necessary. Training in transfers to and from bed, toilet, and bathtub emphasize safety factors. Splinting may be indicated to encourage good positioning or to support a joint, thus facilitating movement. A remedial program is established based on results of the above assessment. This involves the application of a specific activity to achieve the therapeutic goal. Their program might involve: gross or fine activities for hand or arm training; standing balance ambulation _ tolerance; perceptual training; simulation of patients former work situation. A household management assessment is recommended for patients returning to such responsibilities; specific training follows, emphasizing areas of weakness. TABLE 18 SPECIALIZED HOSPITALS NAME AND LOCATION

NUMBER OF BEDS

Glenrose Provincial General Hospital 10230 - 111 Avenue

385 76

Dr. W. W. Cross Cancer Institute 11560 University Avenue

197

Aberhart Division (University Hospital) 114 Street & University Avenue TOTAL

658

- 44 TABLE 19 PATIENTS SERVED IN GLENROSE HOSPITAL JANUARY 1973 - DECEMBER 1973 Multiple Handicapped Children's Unit

Patients

Average Stay

26 12 57 32 1

Cerebral Palsy Juvenile Paraplegic Emotional Disturbance Orthopedic Juvenile Amputee Cleft Palate Others

4 39 TOTAL

171

Convalescent Rehabilitation Unit - Children Patients

113.9 days

Average Stay

18 42 2 2 0 0 4

Medicine Orthopedic Amputee Surgery Connective Tissue Paraplegic Neurology TOTAL

Convalescent Rehabilitation Unit - Adult Medicine Cerebrovascular Amputee Neurology Paraplegic Connective Tissue Surgery Orthopedic Gynecology

Patients 214 138 67 108

TOTAL

44.1 days

Average Stay

39.5 76.5 55.4. ' 57.7

34.2

62 184 760 490

56. 30. 46.2 7.3

2037

37.8 days

-45The arts and crafts section provides a creative outlet for patients while on bed rest and during later rehabilitation stages. The driver training program is effective in assessing a patients driving capabilities during on-the-road lessons. Special equipment is recommended to ensure safe driving habits. In prepatation for discharge, a visit to the patients home may be inidcated to ensure that he has appropriate facilities to ensure safety in his activities in his daily life. The Occupational Therapy Department has a professional complement of seven staff occupational therapists, 1 clinical instructor (in charge of University students in occupational therapy interning at the Glenrose), 1 assistant supervisor, and 1 supervisor. The non-professional staff consists of 1 rehabilitation aide, 1 driver-training instructor, and 3 craft workers.

b. Nursing Department Most of the patients admitted to the convalescent rehabilitation unit are referred by the attending physician from the general active hospitals of Edmonton. Patients are admitted either for convalescence or for rehabilitation. Admissions for rehabilitation are frequently patients who have a temporary or permanent disability persuant to injury or disease. Many patients require rehabilitation following neurological disorders such as cerebrovasuclar accidnets (strokes). The average length of stay at the Glenrose is approximatbly 33 days during which time the therapeutic team assists the patient in attaining his or her maximum level of independence. Nursing services are provided 24 hours daily; there are 9 adult nursing units. During the summer months, mentally and physically handicapped children are admitted on compassionate grounds on a short term basis. This program provides, temporarily, relief for the parents to take a vacation. The Nursing Department offers a special teaching program for diabetic patients in the management of their disease. The Nursing Department offers the actual front line service to patients on a daily basis. The nursing service, has the greatest contact with the patient throughout his stay in hospital. c.Physiotherapy Department The Physiotherapy Department has a complement of 25 physiotherapists ,affiliating physiotherapy students receive clinical practice in the Department throughout the year. Both in-patients and out-patients are seen in the Department at the request of physicians having admitting privileges to this hospital. There is a varied patient load, the bulk of which are orthopedics, but also include amputees, neurological and medical conditions. The has access day basis. Gate Mall, service.

Department has the usual range of physiotherapy services, and to use of the pool at the Glenrose School Hospital on a half Physiotherapy also has an out-patient facility in the East Sherwood Park, and any registered physician may use this

The Department clinic. Patients are prothesis are checked and patients are then

is responsible for coordinating the adult amputee seen on a referral by a physician. Prescribed in the clinic prior to approval for completion, followed up on a regular basis as necessary.

d.Social Service Department The Social Service Department operates as part of a multi-disciplinary team in conjunction with other treatment Departments towards the goal of rehabilitation of the patient. The basic service offered by the Social Service Department is the counselling of patients (and their families) who are concerned about their disabilities, personal, social and/or family matters, and preparation of patients to enable them to return to living in the community. Coordinating within the hospital for referral to the Ednontn Home Care Program is the responsibility of the Department. The Department provides a teaching practicum for students in the School of Social Welfare, University of Calgary. The Social Service Department also functions as the liaison between the hospital and other community resources. The Social Service Department coordinates the Stroke Family Counselling Program, a pilot project, to familiarize the family of the stroke patient with the services of the hospital and emphasizing the importance of the family in the rehabilitation process. It is also intensively involved with the Adult Amputee Clinic. Patients are seen on a referral basis from physician or on selfreferral. Exceptions are for amputees, stroke, and multiple sclerosis patients, when all are seen by Department staff. Patients may continue to be seen after discharge from the hospital on an out-patient basis. Staff consists of five social workers and a treatment supervisor. e. Children's Wing (see Special Needs of Children Section)

The Glenrose School Hospital began in 1954 and has since its initiation served 2,761 patients. This facility plays a crucial role in the medical assessment of children to ensure that they receive the proper community services. Children up to the age of 18 can use the Glenrose School Hospital on the basis of being an in-patient, day patient (for education and therapy), or half day preschool or for out-patient services. The full range of physical functioning people (from independent to dependent) are served by the School Hospital program. The following Departmental services are provided at the School Hospital and are available for the physically disabled: a) psychology; b) social services; c) physiotherapy; d) education; e) nursing; f) speech pathology audiology; g) occupational therapy; h) recreation and volunteers. (The services of these Departments in the School Hospital may also be used by the convalescent - rehabilitation unit) a. Psychology The Department of Psychology provides additional services of intellectual, perceptual, personality, aptitude and interest testing. It is also involved in the provision of various forms of

- 47 -r psychological treatment ranging from the operation of behavior-modification programs for groups of children with communication and behavior disorders to the provision of family counselling, group therapy, and the traditional forms of individual counselling. The multi-disciplinary approach is frequently carried over into the treatment programs with several disciplines cooperating in the provision of treatment to a particular child or group of children. Children can participate in the program as in-patients, day patients, or out-patients. At the present time there are 16 staff members in the Department of Psychology ranging in academic training from doctoral degrees to bachelor degrees. Psychological assestants are also members of the treatment team and many volunteers are used in the carrying out of the treatment programs under the coordination of the Department of Psychology. The Department of Psychology accepts physician out-patient referrals as well as those patients who have been admitted to a treatment program within the frame of reference of the Glenrose Hospital complex. Emphasis is placed upon pre-school out-patient programs particularly for those children with communication and behavior disorders. b. Social Services The Social Service Department, as part of a multi-disciplinary team, provides service to children and their families referred to the physically handicapped childrens unit of the Glenrose School Hospital. All disgnostic and assessment services are provided to all children and families referred, on-going treatment is given to only those children and their families whose needs can be best met through the skills and expertise of the social worker and the resources available to the Social Service Department. Treatment may be introduced through the recommendation of the Social Service Department, the request of the clinical director or other Departments. Treatment may be intensive or supportive depending on the need of the patient and his family. . Treatment is aimed at providing for the patients emotional and social functioning through the use of such models as casework, family therapy, group therapy, play therapy and the use of community resources for and by the patient and his family. Treatment is based on the philosophy that the patient is helped best by mobilizing his resources and those in his environment and by focusing on ability rather than disability so that, upon discharge, he can live as full a life as possible within the limitations of his handicap. Specific treatment goals are directed toward: 1) helping the patient and the family understand and accept the medical diagnosis of the patient, so that the patient may use the hospital treatment resources as fully as possible, 2) assisting the patients coping with the emotional needs arising out of his specific handicap, so that he may pass through childhood and adolecence as successfully as possible, 3) assisting the family in becoming and remaining the resource of security and support to the patient. This service, depending on specific needs, may range from simple interpretation of the patients needs to guidance in child management to intensive therapy for the entire family. 4) assisting the child in developing skills and confidence in peer relationships so that he may

- 48 not experience severe loneliness resulting from lack of skills and/or experience in interpersonal relationships, 5) assisting the patient with a boarding home placement in cases where his home is too distant from the hospital, non-existent or non-supportive. Such boarding homes are assessed and supervised by the Department, 6) assisting the patient and his family in the utilization of community resources of various kind, for example, financial assistance agencies, educational, vocational and employment opportunities, recreational facilities, and organizations serving the handicapped, 7) preparing the patient for his discharge and providing meaningful follow-up services to the patient to the point where he is capable of using other existing resources in the community, 8) consulting with other hospital Departments and agencies in the community, to ensure the maximum benefits of treatment to the patient and his family, 9) assisting in the form of consultation to and mobilization of community groups attempting to provide services for the handicapped in the community. The overall aim of the above treatment objectives is to assist the patient in using present and future treatment resources to the fullest so that he may prepare himself for a satisfying and rewarding a life as is possible within the limitations of his handicap. The goal is the achievement of realistic autonomy and a healthy balance of independencedependence in the patient. c. Physiotherapy Department The Physiotherapy Department is responsible for the assessment and treatment of the child's physical disability. Treatment is aimed at Obtaining maximum physical independence of the child. Instruction is given to parents in the mangement of the physically handicapped child at home, and visits may be made to the home with this in mind. Similarly, consultation visits to give management advice to the staff of the Child Development Centre and the Activity Centre of the Association for the Dependent Handicapped are made. School visits may be made to assess the child's ability to cope in the regular school and to offer suggestions which may facilitate his integration. Children may be treated as out-patients from the ages of 0 to 18 or they may receive treatment when they attend the Glenrose School as day patients or in-patients. d. Education Full educational services are available for disabled children who are admitted to Glenrose because they need intensive treatment from at least one of the professions (other than education) who provide services. The instructional program is geared to the nearly average, average and above average student. The over-riding aim of the school program is to prepare the child to fit into a regular school after discharge from Glenrose. Education is run by the Edmonton Public School Board which provides a staff of 40 specially trained teachers for the purpose. (included in this number are teachers who provide schooling for children in the Glenrose convalescent unit and the Royal Alexandra Hospital and who work under the Glenrose School Administration) The regular Provincial curriculum is followed and in addition, special instruction is provided where required dealing with learning disabilities, physical handicaps that interfere directly with schooling (such as lack of speech, lack of use of hands, etc.)

-49The high school section (junior and senior, grades seven to twelve) is a fully accredited high school and offers courses equivalent to those offered in any other accredited high school in Alberta. Academic, general and commercial major programs areavailable. The educational program offered covers every grade level from kindergarten to grade twelve inclusive. Class enrollments are limited to about one-third of the usual class load so as to make a great deal of individual instruction possible. Every child's program is individually planned and tailored to his needs, keeping in mind the over-riding aim of enabling him eventually to fit into a regular school. Individual tutoring is provided when necessary.

c. Nursing Department Long term rehabilitative care often requires the child to be treated by several people who work towards a common goal, however, each person has a profound effect on the child's personality development. Through day to day contact, they enable the children to grow and develop in such ways as: adjusting to the physical handicaps; interaction with their peers in socially acceptable ways; emotionally learning to trust others; mentally seeking further knowledge to verbalize questions, reading challenging books and magazines, or listening to television or radio. Understanding, encouraging, reassurance, firmness, kindness, sincerity, - these are keys that a nursing staff must accept and understand in his or her daily contacts with children, male and female staff working in this setting provide the children with a parents true image in a role model. Staff may function as a parents substitute, a counsellor, a friend, a disciplinarian, or all of these roles at any one time. The continuing, consistent management of the units is made possible partly through the staff working a permanent shift. A home-like atmosphere is promoted by the staff for the children. Children attending on a daily basis only receive nursing care as required. Often many of these children are functionally independent of nursing assistance. The Nursing Department supports and follows through on therapies initiated by other members of the treatment team. Participation in conferences, clinics, and assessments allows nursing staff to contribute to the child's total treatment program. Contact with other health agency personnel is occasionally initiated for the purpose of giving or getting additional information to parents, doctors, public health nurses. Parents of the children are encouraged to talk with the nursing staff and to ask questions regarding the child's management and care. This total exchange of information between parents, children, and nursing staff, and all other treatment personnel is the key to rehabilitation.

f. Speech Pathology - Audiology Department All treatment provided by this Department must be proceded by a medical referral and be recommended by a staff speech pathologist following assessment. The following programs are offered: 1 - Language laboratory, an experimental program for children with severe hearing losses, ages 18 months to 3 years. Program operates Monday through Friday in the mornings. It is

-50-

geared towards the development of oral language, and providing optimal amplification. Staff includes a teacher of the deaf, an audiologist, a speech pathologist and a teacher assistant. Consulting services are available from occupational therapy and psychology. 2 - Preschool articulation program, a six week intensive program which operates during the summer. Designed for children with a speech which is difficult to understand, who will enter grade one in the fall. Small group work is geared towards giving a child more intellibility. The program is staffed by three speech pathologists. Daily sessions last l hours. 3 - Language Program - a five week intensive program which operates during the summer. Designed for children with delayed language development. The program is geared towards better expressive abilities. It is staffed by three speech pathologists. Children are grouped together according to their level of language competency. 4 - Stuttering Program a six week intensive program which operates during the summer. Designed for children age 7 to 14 who stutter. Program is geared towards the identification of a disfluency and promotes increased fluency in a variety of situations. It is staffed by three speech pathologists. Daily sessions last 2i hours. Speech pathology - Audiology also participates in communication behavior programs and a general nursery. Also offered by the Speech Pathology - Audiology Department is a complete diagnostic audiology service for all ages. These services include conventional pure tone and speech testing plus electro acoustic impedance measurements, evoked response audiometry and Bekesy audiometry. In addition, the staff can provide serial type testing for very young children and for patients who are unable to complete an assessment in one or two visits. There are now eight full-time clinical audiologists on staff. Oral Habilitation and Rehabilitation services are available either in group or individual treatment for both children and adults. These services may include, hearing aid evaluation and counselling, adult speech reading, parent orientation and counselling, intensive diagnostic and language treatment, an experimental program for children 18 months to 3 years, plus individual speech treatment for the hearing impaired. Last summer (1974) the Glenrose started an audiology travelling clinic which serves many of the outlining areas through the Local Health Units. This clinic makes it possible to provide diagnostic audiology services and hearing aid services (evaluation) to those at the Glenrose. g. Occupational Therapy Department The Occupational Therapy Department provides the following services: 1) An assessment and treatment of children, ages 0 to 18 years with physical handicaps, speech and hearing disorder, perceptual-motor problems and the Emotionally disturbed. These children may attend for treatment as an in-patient, day patient, or outpatient. 2) Pre-vocational assessments are given to children approximately 14 years and over to assist them in their school in obtaining a clearer picture of how they function in a variety of work situations. It also provides the opportunity to degine any specific problem areas. 3) Perceptual - motor assessments are carried out on children 4 to 11 years. Referral for these assessments are usually from other Departments within the hospital but also they can be directly from the child's physician.

-514) Occupational Therapy consultant services are provided for the activity centres, that i.e. the Association for the Dependent Handicapped and Child Development Centre. 5) Home and school visits are made as necessary for any child on the active patient caseload. 6) Preschool Group Programs (a)Nursery Program is for children age 3 to 5 years approximately. All children must be assessed by the school hospital team, and can attend four half days per week. It uses a team approach coordinated by occupational therapy. Each group includes children with a variety of physical handicaps, and occasionally a special group for retarded children may be organized. (b)Communication - Behavior Program - Occupational Therapy works as a team member in this program which is coordinated by the Psychology Department. (c) Language Laboratory - Occupational Therapy works as a team member in this program which is coordinated by the Speech and Hearing Department. h.Recreation and Volunteer Services Department There are approximately 70 volunteers working in the school hospital. They are used in the following capacities - teachers aides, as assistants in feeding severely disabled children, for typing, assistants in the Speech-Pathology Behavior Modification Program, leaders for Brownies and Cubs, accompanying and/or driving patients to appointments, assisting nursing staff on wards and befriending patients, assisting with recreational functions and outings A variety of recreation activities are offered. These programs are gymnasium periods, swimming periods, station 201 floor hockey, cubs, brownies and guides, geature films, Eskimo football games, regular bus outings, bingo games, noon hour recreation programs for day patients, horseback riding lessons, model building club, and drama lessons. Special activities and outings play a very important role in the leves of the school hospital children by allowing them to maintain cotact with the community. Throughout the year many out-trips to various activities and functions are taken, such as trips to football games, rock concerts, operas, movies. Trips to the local park for a picnic or to the game farm are also popular. Also involved are camping programs in which recreation staff is involved. These occur in both summer and winter seasons. i.Social Services The Social Service Department, as part of a multi-disciplinary team, provides service to children and their families referred to the Physically Handicapped Children's Unit. While diagnostic and assessment services are provided to all children and families referred, on-going treatment is given to only those children and their families whose needs can be best met through the skills and expertise of the social worker and the resources available to the Social Service Department. Treatment may be introduced through the recommendation of the Social Service Department, the request of the Clinical Director or another Department. Treatment may be intensive or supportive depending on the need of the patient and his family. Treatment is aimed at improving the patient's emotional and social functioning through the use of such methods as casework, family therapy, group therapy, play therapy and use of community resources for and by

-52the patient and his family. Treatment is based on the philosophy that the patient is helped best by mobilizing his resources and those in his environment, and by focusing on ability rather than disability so that, upon discharge, he can live as full a life as possible within the limitations of his handicap. Specific treatment goals are directed toward: 1) Helping the family understand and accept the medical diagnosis of the patient, so that the patient may use the Hospital treatment resources as fully as possible. 2) Assisting the patient in coping with the emotional needs arising out of his specific handicap, so that he may pass through childhood and adolescence as successfully as possible. 3) Assisting the family in becoming and remaining a source of security and support to the patient. This service, depending on specific needs, may range from simple interpretation of the patient's needs to guidance in child management to intensive therapy to the entire family. 4) Assisting the child in developing skills and confidence in peer relationships so that he may not experience severe lonliness resulting from lack of skills and/or experience in interpersonal relationships. 5) Assisting the patient with a boarding home placement in cases where his home is too distant from the Hospital, non-existent or nonsupportive. Such boarding homes are assessed and supervised by the Department. 6) Assisting the patient and his family in the utilization of community resources of various kinds, for example, financial assistance agencies, educational, vocational, employment opportunities, recreational facilities, and organizations serving handicapped. 7) Preparing the patient for his discharge and providing meaningful follow-up service to the point where he is capable of using other existing resources in the community. 8) Consulting with other hospital Departments and agencies in the community, to ensure the maximum benefits of treatment to the patient and his family. 9) Assisting in the form of consultation to and mobilization of community groups attempting to provide services for the handicapped in the community. The overall aim of the above treatment objectives is to assist the patient in using present and future treatment resources to the fullest, so that he may prepare himself for as satisfying and rewarding a life as is possible within the limitations of his handicap. The goal is the achievement of realistic autonomy and a healthy balance of independencedependence in the patient. Specific Clinics in which the Department is involved include:

-531) Convulsive Disorder Clinic 2) Meningomyelocele Clinic 3) Juvenile Amputee Clinic 4) Predischarge and Overage 5) Milwaukee Brace Clinic One social worker is responsible for assessment and follow-up services for this group. Because these children are on the whole very intelligent, well adjusted students, the vast majority require only supportive contact. 6) Boarding Home Program 7) Nursery 8) Hard of Hearing Nursery

The Departments mentioned above provide the basic services as described. There are a number of specific clinics in which a number of Departments may be involved. These are for specific problems and some of these clinics are the Convulsive Disorder Clinic, Meningomyelocele Clinic, Juvenile Amputee Clinic, Milwaukee Brace Clinic. There is also a Boarding Home Program for children from out of town who find it necessary to attend Glenrose but who don't require hospitalization, and there is also a nursery. Patients at Glenrose Hospital must be residents of the Province of Alberta and registered with the Alberta Health Care Insurance Commission. Special permission must be Obtained for non-residents. Progress of the child or adult is measured continuously by the treatment team. There are no priorities for service other than if a doctor indicates that a case is critical. Glenrose Hospital is funded totally by the Alberta Hospital Services Commission. There is no cost involved to the patient. Problems seen: The respondent has indicated that there are a number of needs for the physically disabled in the City, among these are sheltered workshops, residential facilities for older handicapped patients, preschool services for the blind.

Dr. W. W. Cross Cancer Institute 11560 - University Avenue 433-9461

The W. W. Cross Cancer Institute is the specialized hospital in Northern Alberta serving patients with cancer and allied diseases. It provides services through the diagnosis, treatment, education and research on cancer. It is affiliated with the University of Alberta for teaching purposes and has a school for radio-therapy technicians. It is the sole agency in Northern Alberta with facilities for radiation therapy (because of extremely high costs).

-54The Institute has 76 in-patient beds and serves on a yearly basis approximately 1,650 in-patients and 18 to 20,000 out-patients. It provides services in the area of radiology, nuclear medicine, radiation therapy, research, social service, surgery, physiotherapy, prosthetics, and has a large volunteer group. In conjunction with the Cancer Society (see Associations) has set up a laryngectomy club, an osotomy club and assisted with the Reach For Recovery Project. Peripheral clinics are operated in Grande Prairie, Peace River, and Red Deer which are serviced by specialists from the Institute and local doctors, usually two days per month. There are approximately 325 staff persons. The total budget of the Institute in 1974 is 3.4 million dollars, with about one-third spent on in-patient services and two-thirds on out-patient services. Referrals are made by physicians and there are approximately 200 with admitting privileges at the Institute. The Institute was established in its present facility in 1968, previous to that it was operated as a clinic of the University Hospital. The Institute is under the policies of the Alberta Cancer Hospital Board and is funded by the Alberta Hospital Services Commission.

Metabolic Centre (Edmonton General Hospital) 482-4421 ext. 358 111 Street & Jasper Avenue

The Metabolic Centre provides out-patient and in-patient instruction for diabetics. This includes teaching patients to administer insulin and adjust dosages. They are also taught to plan and understand the importance of diet and exercise in diabetic control. Diet adjustments for various life-styles are described. Teaching is with groups and individuals by doctors, nurses and dietitions. Urine and blood tests are performed by the hospital. Two meals and two snacks daily are included for the four day program. Instruction in groups is provided for weight control patients. This program includes individualized diet planning considering good nutrition, exercise and how to handle various eating and activity situations in order to lose or maintain weight. The three day program includes two meals and two snacks daily with blood glucose and lipid tests by the hospital. The centre also takes in the in-patients from the hospital and a limited number of obesity patients. Ultimately the goal is to make the patient as self-sufficient as possible. Familes of diabetic patients are involved in the program so that the needs of the patient can be understood. The program began in July of 1968. It presently serves 24 to 27 patients per day, 10 paramedical personnel, and 12 relatives. It has now reached saturation point. Since its inception it has served over 4000 diabetic patients. The Centre is presently developing a program for kidney problems.

-55Many of the patients seen have diabetes as a result of amputation, rheumatoid arthritis, cardiovascular disorders, partial sight loss, blindness and obesity. The program is geared to serving the functioning independent, partially dependent and the completely dependent person. Referrals must be made by a doctor. The age range presently served is from 3 months to 94 years-of age. Some of the fringe benefits seen in the program are financial savings in the long run to every taxpayer in the community by preventing further diabetic complications which often result in amputation, blindness, etc. and require more medical treatment resulting in more tax dollar losses. Assessment is made by the physician to confirm that the client is diabetic and in need of understanding. Measurement of the progress of the client is dependent upon urine and blood tests and weight control. Additionally observations, quizzes, homework and final tests at the end of the program help determine the patient's progress. 75% of disabled clinets are from the City of Edmonton although there are no geographic priorities. There presently is a waiting list for admission to the program. There are approximately 100 patients waiting to be served. The priorities for acceptance depend upon severity of the problem, whether the patient is a maternity Patient, a juvenile, or just new with very high blood pressure. The patient can look forward to waiting approximately one month for admission but the high priority patient can always be put into the program. There are five staff persons involved at the present time, two nursing, two dieticians and one secretary. The program is funded by the Alberta Hospital Services Commission. There has been a continuing deficit and the hospital itself will allocate funds to control the deficit. There are no costs involved to the patient. Patients can be referred through a physician, self-referred, social workers, hospital, or psychiatrists. However, all referrals must be channeled through a physician. Information required from the referring agency includes medications, family history, and any orders the doctor wishes carried out in the program. During the past three months referrals for special services have been made through General Hospital Social Work Service for physiotherapy or nursing care to the Victorian Order of Nurses Meals-on-Wheels, and to CNIB. Information about the program is transmitted by word of mouth, through physicians, television advertising, and newspaper articles. The infolmant has indicated there is a need to expand the program because the facilities are too small to handle the number of patients they are serving. Staffing needs to be expanded, particularly in the areas of dieticians and nursing areas. The biggest problem seen for the physically disabled in the City is that the program has not been able to serve patients as soon as they should be due to the long waiting list. Close liaison is maintained with the Canadian Diabetic Association. Staff on the program make themselves available to any agency to assist them in any way that can help the diabetic.

-567

University of Alberta Hospital Health Sciences Clinics In addition to the above mentioned in-patient services, the University Hospital offers a number of clinics, designated Health Science Clinics. The Health Science Clinics is a division of the Ambulatory Care Department. It is a composite of coordinated care clinics utilizing all resources in the hospital. Its purpose is to offer to patients, professional service not available otherwise in the community, such as preschool hearing clinic, cystic fibrosis clinic, renal clinic, rheumatic disease Lnit, etc. It also provides coordinated professional care to groups within the community who, because of their multi-needs are not likely to receive complete professional services elsewhere. It provides experience in diagnosis and follow-up care of the out-patient, for graduate and under-graduate teaching for medical and paramedical students. Patients are seen on referral only. They may be referred by a physician, or a community agency, such as the Department of Health and Social Development, Epilepsy Association, etc. There are no financial restrictions for patients referred to the Health Sciences Clinics. Clinics are scheduled for a specific time and day each meek and an appointment is necessary to attend. Staff physicians are in attendance at all clinics to assist and supervise resident staff. Medications may be provided without charge if the patient is unable to pay a portion of the cost and has no other source of assistance. The physician prescribing the medication must be a member of the staff of the University Hospital. a. University of Alberta Rheumatic Disease Unit (with Canadian Arthritis and Rheumatism Society) 432-6282 Clinical Sciences Building The objectives of the program are: teaching, patient care and research. The teaching of medical students is an important aspect of the program. Fifteen to forty beds are provided for in-patient care at the University Hospital. The unit also serves as a medical training facility. Diagnosis, treatment, consultation, surgery and rehabilitation are provided for arthritic patients of Northern Alberta. Graduate medical teaching activities are maintained at a high level. Residents or assistant residents rotate in the Unit, being assigned to the care of in-patients and seeing out-patients in the Arthritis Clinic. The program began in 1968 and is serving 2000 people per year. The Unit limits its services to arthritic patients who are referred by their doctor. All ages and levels of physical functioning are served. The Director of the Unit and the family physicim decide on admission of the patient. Progress of the patient is measured on an individual basis. The area served is Northern Alberta with 50% of the patients coming from Edmonton City. The unit staff physician and the patient decide when the program is ternimated. The unit gives priority to the treatment of more severe cases. The unit has four doctors, nurses, therapists, social workers, and psychologists on staff. The University Hospital and the Society set the policy. For every dollar contributed by Society, the University Hospital and Government spend a nimumum of $10.00.

- 57The Society contributes $20,000.00 per year which makes the budget of the unit $200,000.00. The average length of time for an individual on the program is three weeks to three months. Patients can be referred by physicians only. The diagnosis and personal information are required from the referring physican. Progress of the patient is reported to the referring agent by a doctor's report. Information about this program is available through the Medical Association. Problems seen: The respondent felt that there is not enough money available for research and that more patients, than can at present be treated, need care of the program. 07/74 b. Low Vision Aid Consultation Clinic University of Alberta 432-6417 Clinical Services Building, University of Alberta Anyone who has residual vision and is referred by an opthalmologist is tested at the clinic, and if he can be helped is fitted with alow vision aid. This program applies mostly to near vision patients. Aides are dispensed through opticians after a prescription by the doctor of the Clinic. The Clinic began in 1971 and is serving 400 people aged 12 years and up who are partially dependent. The goal of the Clinic is to help people with residual vision make use of that vision and become more independent. The method to achieve this is by testing, fitting and rechecking to assure that the best possible aid is being applied. An assessment consisting of a written and signed report by an ophthalmologist is required. The criteria for admission are low vision and inability to read normal print. Clients are recalled one month after the fitting of the aid and the patient is asked to read for the doctor so that progress of the patient can be measured. The areas served are in Northern Alberta with 90% of the clients coming from Edmonton. Persons who are registered the CNIB are visited on a yearly basis. There are about 30 people on the waiting list who are served on a first come first served basis. Staff consists of one social worker, one doctor and one receptionist. Funds are provided by the University of Alberta, the CNIB and the Alberta Health Care Insurance Commission. The patients have to pay for their vision aid or find a source to finance it. Patients can be referred by an ophthalmologist only and the diagnosis and degree of vision is required as information. Progress is reported to the referring agent by letter. Information about this program is available through the press and direct contact. Problems seen: There is not sufficient follow-up of clients due to a lack of staff. 07/74 c. Cystic Fibrosis Program

439-8356

The Cystic Fibrosis Program began in 1962 and is presently serving 67 people. It is open to all people in Northern Alberta. The program provides the following:

-581. Three clinics per month at Health Science Clinics - University of Alberta Hospital, 1st Thursdays, 2nd and 4th Wednesdays. 2. Provision of a Cystic Fibrosis Program which coordinates all disciplines involved in the care of patients with Cystic Fibrosis: Doctors, Public Health Nurses, Physiotherapists, Respiratory Technologists, Pharmacists, Counselling. 3. Assessments of patients with Cystic Fibrosis on the Cystic Fibrosis regimen on a regular periodic basis, and to make recommendations where necessary to patient's private physician regarding change in their regimen. 4. Assistance through consultation on confirmation of a diagnosis of Cystic Fibrosis where requested. 5. Provision of medical treatment of Cystic Fibrosis and regular follow-up care for those patients referred to the Clinic. 6. Education - provision of Cystic Fibrosis information to anyone upon request, particularly parents, medical personnel through: - attendance at Cystic Fibrosis Clinics - in-service education - publications - research 7. Anticipates future needs for Cystic Fibrosis patients and families. 8. Research the cause of Cystic Fibrosis and evaluation of present treatment regimen. The program is limited to diagnosed Cystic Fibrosis patients only. It is their goal to assist Cystic Fibrosis patients to function at their maximum physical and mental potential through regular medical follow-up and counselling of other problem areas. Participation in the program has resulted in the following "fringe benefits" to the patient: drugs, antibiotics, and enzymes provided by the Provincial Government, equipment provided by the Cystic Fibrosis Chapter and specialized medical services. Assessment by a family physician is required prior to admission. This consists of a diagnosis of Cystic Fibrosis with positive Sweat Chlorides. Family doctors then refer patients to the Director of the Clinic. Regular medical checks on the progress of the patient are carried on continually every three to six months. The check consists of a Shwachman evaluation and a medical examination. Patients remain on the program for life. If they move to another province, they continue such care under the Cystic Fibrosis program offered there. The Cystic Fibrosis clinic is in touch either through clinic appointments, telephone calls, mail, home visits where possible, or the Cystic Fibrosis Chapter.

-59Staff functions in the program are: nursing, teaching, physiotherapy, inhalation therapy, paediatricians, pulmonary specialist, pharmacist, with occupational therapy, social work, V.O.N., genetic counselling and dietition staff available when needed. An initial staff training program is given consisting of an interpretation to parents, staff and students of the purpose and discussions, videotapes, films and literature. The Parent Coordinator Liaison Committee work out problems and troubleshoots rough spots in the service. The Director, Supervisor and Coordinator set the policy for the program. The program is funded by the National Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, the Provincial Government and the University of Alberta Hospital. A deficit is anticipated in this fiscal year and the University of Alberta Hospital will provide the additional funds. Membership in the local Cystic Fibrosis Chapter is optional, fees are $5.00 per year. Patients are referred from physicians, hospitals, Public Health Nurses, nurse practitioners, desperate parents of sick children, other Cystic Fibrosis parents, and other Provincial Clinics. A letter from a doctor with the history, sweat chloride results, hospital summary and x-rays are required. Prr)gress is reported to the referring agent by letter from the clinic after any visit, or by phone call from the Cystic Fibrosis doctor to a private physician if urgent. Information about the program is transmitted as much as possible through: (1) Cystic Fibrosis Newsletter (National, local), Cystic Fibrosis Chapter Mother's Day Program, Bingoes, Appeals to Service Clubs. (2) In-service Program: Medical Staff, Public Health Nurses, Pf3c,diatric Nurses, any hospital staff. (3) Cystic Fibrosis literature booklets, papers and publications available upon request from clinic or chapter executive. (4) Videotapes and tape cassettes for physicians. Research is going on now in the University of Alberta Hospital sponsored by grants and fellowships frcm the Canadian Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, Cystic Fibrosis patients and their families as well as other volunteers contribute here whenever possible. All patients are covered by Alberta Health Care Insurance and some have Alberta Blue Cross. No Cystic Fibrosis patient is refused care if they are registered and do not have means. Problems seen: The respondent feels that one of the problmes in the program is that there is not enough feedback from private physicians there is a need for more concentreated, specialized treatment of Cystic Fibrosis. Some of the unmet problems specifically facing Cystic Fibrosis adolescents are: 1 - appropriate counselling re: job and career planning. 2 - Stigma attached to disease as unclean and fatal. Unwillingness for patient or staff in schools to be open and realistic about the patient's possibilities. 08/74

-60d. Renal Clinic

439-8356

The Renal Clinic provides care on referral for patients with Renal disease. The Clinic was initiated in 1960. It is open to people of all ages and both sexes. The program is geared to the functionally independent and the partially dependent of the Province of Alberta. Assessment is required prior to admission and is done by a family physician. It consists of medical evidence of kidney disease. The Director of the Renal Clinic decides on admission of a patient to the program. Progress is measured as often as needed for the individual and this consists of a medical assessment. Staff consists of 8 people, 3 nurses, 1 social worker and 4 medical personnel. The Health Science Clinics Committee sets the policy for the program, and the University Hospital provides the funds for the clinics' 08/74 operations. e. Orthopedic Clinic

439-8356

The goal of the Orthopedic Clinic is: 1 - optimum diagnosis and treatment of patients, 2 - teaching, 3 - assisting referring general practitioners. Clinics are held twice weekly, for orthopedic care. It is staffed by an orthopedic surgeon from the University of Alberta Hospital, who acts as consultant, several residents (M.D.'s doing postgraduate studies in orthopedics), 2 public health nurses. The Clinic is also attended at times by medical students and student nurses. Patients are usually seen by referral from other Health Science Clinics, referring physicians (private) and Military Medical Officers. Approximately 30 people per week are presently served in the program. It could serve a maximum of 40 per week. Albertans of all ages are served at all levels of physical functioning. Through participation in the program, patients receive the benefit of being served by highly qualified medical consultants and the use of facilities of a large teaching hospital. Orthopedic problems are the criteria for admission and the nursing staff decide on the admission of a patient to the program. Progress is measured by return appointments made at specific and regular intervals (e.g. one week - three months intervals, more often if required). It consists of frequent checks of lab results, x-rays, patients charts, etc. Patients provide their own transportation to the clinics, otherwise it can be arranged through the hospital's Social Service Department. The Department of Health and Social Development, volunteers and the military liaison office provides this service.

-61A patient finishes the program when a physician decides the condition is improved and needs no further care. If necessary follow-up of a patient will be done. This would consist on c,Intact with community agencies - V.O.N., Home Care Program, City nurses, and other applicable agencies for a period of usually three to six months. Follow-up is not done where conditions are considered self-limiting. Medical staff would do follow-up to make sure the patient receives adequate medical care, and that his social conditions are compatible with the aims of treatment. Staff is made up of nurses, physiotherapists, social workers, and medical personnel. Patients may be self-referrals, or referred from various sources such as social workers, hospitals, schools, physiotherapists, etc. Some information about the medical condition, as well as pertinent social history, is requested. 08/74 f. Preschool Hearing Clinic University of Alberta Hospital

439-5911 ext. 502

The Preschool Hearing Clinic attempts to diagnose the type and degree of hearing loss, to define the hearing aid best suited to that loss, to determine the intellectual capacity of the specific child and to counsel the family through an assessment team composed of a Paediatrician, Public Health Nurse, Social Worker, Audiologist, Speech Pathologist, E.N.T. specialist. Resource personnel include representatives from the educational facilities for the hearing impaired child, an Occupational Therapist and Psychologist. Recommendations are made regarding placement in the "Baby Program" or the "Preschool Program" sponsored by the Association for the Hearing Handicapped and eventually placement in Windsor Park Hard of Hearing Classes, Alberta School for the Deaf or into the normal educational system. The Clinic conducts regular follow-up reassessments and liaison is maintained with the parents through hone visiting by the Clinic social worker. Since its initiation in 1962 the Clinic has served 556 children in Northern Alberta. It is currently serving eight per month. The program is geared to children from birth to school age. Through participation in the program, parental counselling and family involvement have resulted as "fringe benefits". Progress is measured every six months by educational standards. Children "graduate" from the program when they are placed in an educational institution. Staff consists of 8 people: 2 nurses, 1 speech therapist, 1 social worker, 1 audiologist, 2 medical personnel and 1 occupational therapist. Indirect staff includes 1 psychologist, 1 educational consultant, student nurses, 1 occupational therapist at the Alberta School for the Deaf. Parents give input into the program content by constant feedback. The program is funded by Alberta Health Care Out-paitent billing.

-62Children are referred by physicians, Hospitals, Public Health Nurses, audiologists and Speech Pathologists. Birth and development history is required from a referring agent. A copy of the conference and report are sent back to the agency. The Clinic has referred clients to the following agencies for special services: Department of Health and Social Development, Alberta Rehabilitation Society, doctors, Association for the Hearing Handicapped, University of Alberta Speech and Hearing Unit and Glenrose Speech Pathology and Audiology, and to Opthamologists. Problems seen: The respondent felt that there was a lack of knowledge in the community regarding the hearing impaired, and a lack of educational facilities for the multiply handicapped deaf child. More teachers and social workers are needed for follow-up. Another problem is that there are no audiology courses for deaf in the City. As well, there is no strong delineation of who is responsible for who in institutions. 07/74 g. Cleft Palate Clinic (University of Alberta Hospital)

439-5911 ext. 502

The Cleft Palate Clinic provides a coordinated comprehensive approach to the problems presented by a cleft lip and/or palate deformity. Apart from the physical deformities of a cleft lip and/or palate, often there are associated problems in the development of intelligible speech; irregularities in the tooth and jaw relationships; and infections involving the ears, nrse and throat. The function of this Clinic is to recommend treatment in the above areas, refer the patient to the appropriate facility or specialist for treatment, and to counsel the family through an assessment team composed of a pediatrician, Public Health Nurse, Speech Pathologist, Audiologist, Social Worker, E.N.T. specialist, Pedodontist, and Plastic Surgeon. Resource personnel include a Geneticist and Occupational Therapist. This Clinic is not treatment oriented; providing only a consultative service and is in no way intended to take the place of a patient's own physician. Regular follow-up is conducted usually on a yearly basis. The Clinic was initiated in 1959 and is presently serving 160 people. Criteria for admission to the program is 1 - age, 2i years or older; 2 - have a cleft palate; 3 - be a resident of Alberta. The progress of a person is measured on a yearly basis by reviews in the Clinic. The geographic area served by the program is Northern Alberta and about 40% of the clients come from Edmonton. Termination of involvement is determined by clinical assessment, when the person no longer needs treatment. There is a waiting list of 18 people and they are usually taken on a first come first served basis. Patients may have to wait four months before they gain admission to the Clinic. Staff consists of 21 people: 2 nurses, 1 speech therapist, 1 social worker, 4 medical staff, 1 audiologist, 2 dentists and 10 students.

-63Indirect staff is made up of one occupational therapist and one geneticist. The program is funded through Alberta Health Care Out-patient billing. The average length of time for an individual in the program is three days assessment, reviewed on a yearly basis, for about 15 years. Persons are referred from physicians, social workers, hospitals, schools, speech therapists and Public Health Nurses. The birth history, surgical and developmental history are required. Progress is reported back to a referring agent by a conference summary report. Problems seen: The respondent feels that public education is still an unmet need of the physically handicapped. A need for more 07/74 speech therapists in the schools was expressed.

PREVENTIVE HEALTH SERVICES

Services that are aimed at preventing the occurence of disabilities are relatively limited when compared to the heavy emphasis on institutional services. Many of the disease entity and health care problem groups (see section on Associations) have been active in the preventive area through public education programs. The Workers Compensation Board has an active industrial safety campaign (through television, radio and other media) which, it is hoped, will decrease the occurences of industrial accidents, frequently resulting in disabilities. Although it would be interesting to know, no statistical information is available delineating the proportion of the total health care expenditures that are used for prevention. Because of the nature of prevention i.e. if prevention is successful, a problem will not materialize, it is thus difficult to determine the effectiveness of the limited preventive program applicable to many disabilities. Even with the present limited emphasis, it is, however, well known that preventive health services can have a tremendous effect in eliminating or considerably decreasing the incidents of various handicapping diseases. Polio and tuberculosis once extremely serious problems are rarely appearing in Alberta today. The funds raised by the disease entity groups have been placed heavily towards research into prevention and treatment of these diseases. There is considerable medical research being conducted into many of the diseases and conditions causing handicaps. (This area, however, is beyond the scope of this report) It is expected that their high involvement of medical researchers will continue and that many of the presently untreatable or unpreventable diseases, which result in handicaps, will eventually become preventable. 1.

The Genetic Clinic (U. of A. Department of Paediatrics) Rooms 4-120, Clinical Services Bldg. 432-6631 University of Alberta

-64The Genetic Clinic is a spin off of genetic teaching and research. The goal of the Clinic is the prevention of genetic disease by: counselling people who think that there might be a genetic cause to a problem; - establishing an accurate diagnosis and determining possibility of re -occurence through research; - identifying high risk parents who are not aware of this problem. Since the Clinic began in 1960, there have been 1,851 parents served in the program. Physical handicaps, mental retardation, and genetic disorders are represented. This is a diagnostic service geared to males and females of all ages. The geographic area served by the program is Northern Alberta with 75% of the clients ccming from the City of Edmonton. Although follow-up is not formally organized, it is planned, and would consist of an annual questionnaire. Staff consists of 5 people: 1 doctor - resident in training, 2 M.D. faculty and 2 technicians. Summer research students are volunteers. Policy for the program is set by the University of Alberta. The Genetic Clinic is funded by the Alberta Health Care Insurance Commission on a fee for service basis. The cost per individual per month is from $18.00 to $40.00 depending on the diagnostic workup required. There are no costs to the users. Clients are referred from physicians, clinics, Public Health Nurses, etc. As much information as is available is required by the Clinic. Progress is reported back to the referring agency. The respondent feels that contact and counselling of relatives at risk is a problem in the program, and expansion is needed in the area of field operations. 07/74

Preschool Screening Program, Local Board of Health 7th Floor CM Tower Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

The program began in September 1968 and is serving about 7,700 children 4i to 5 years. If at any time, the nurse perceives an abnormality in a child, she immediately refers him to the appropriate service. If a child is in a preschool setting, the teacher receives a questionnaire requesting her to check each child in her group against a list of behavior or health problems according to her observation. At the same time the mother is asked to complete a questionnaire concerning her child's birth and medical history, and behavior problems she may have Observed. If a child is listed as having more than three observable problems, he is called in to the clinic for further testing. All kinds of handicaps are covered. The goal is to assume that the child begins school at his best, with all senses. The program is open to every preschool group and parents of children. The parents are involved by measuring the progress of the child through observation.

-65This program refers the child to the appropriate treatment. Staff consists of eight health aides and Public Health Nurses. It is funded by the Medical Research Foundation and the National Health and Welfare Fund. The budget of the program is $132.000.00. Children are referred by teachers and day care staff. Problems seen: The respondent feels there is a need for more involvement of the parents in the program by' sharing information about their child. 04/74

At Risk Registry (Local Board of Health) 7th Floor CN Tower 425-6511 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

This program was initiated to provide follow-up of "at-risk" infants by telephone or letter at three-month intervals. This sustained contact is particularly important in instances where a mother has neglected to bring her baby to a clinic or has been unable to do so. Mothers of "atrisk" infants are strongly encouraged to visit the clinic and to seek the help and support of the staff in matters concerning their children. Periodic testing is carried out on each "at-risk" infant, usually at six months, eighteen months, and at four years. A special file is kept on each "at-risk" infant and follow-up is considered of prime importance. The program was initiated in 1969 and is serving 7,368 new-borns in the City. Children are served from the time they are born until they enter school. Any type of handicap is served by the registry. The goal of the program is the early detection of handicapping conditions in children, to encourage supervision of children on a routine basis, and to increase the present awareness of growth and development and of the needs of the developing child. No assessment is required. The progress of the child is measured at regular intervals and continued as long as there is any concern about the infant. If necessary, home visits will be made by Health Nurses. The area served by the program is the City of Edmonton. After completing the program, the child goes on to preschool screening and school clinics which are run by the same staff as the at-risk registry. Staff consists of 100 people in nursing, supervising and other capacities. Volunteers are used in the clinics for play groups. The program is funded by the Province of Alberta with the total budget being $140,710.00. Children can be referred by their doctor, a hospital, or selfreferred. The condition of the child is reported to the Provincial registry and to the family physician in the form of a report. Information about this program can be obtained through the annual report, interagency talks, and by membership in a preschool group. Problems seen: The respondent feels there is a lack of family support services in the City like relief housekeepers, holiday relief, and babysitters. 04/74

- 66 TABLE 20 LOCAL BOARD OF HEALTH CLINICS Central Region Clinic Ground Floor, Avord Arms Building

425-6068

Duggan Clinic 5035 - 108A Street

435-9202

Eastwood Clinic 11845 - 81 Street

474-8266

Glengarry Clinic 9535 - 135 Avenue

475-6604

Idylwylde Clinic 8314 - 88 Avenue

465-7976

Jasper Place Clinic 15626 - 100A. Avenue

489-8980

South Side Clinic

439-4676

10335 - 83 Avenue Woodcroft 13420 - 114 Avenue

454-4867

LeDuc-Strathcona Unit 2011 Brentwood Blvd., Sherwood Park

467-5571

LeDuc-Strathcona Unit Box 601 Devon, Alberta

447-3119

LeDuc-Strathcona Unit Box 1492 Fort Saskatchewan, Alberta

543-3366

Stony Plain-Lac Ste Anne Unit Stony Plain, Alberta

777-2206

Sturgeon Health Unit 14 Perron Street St. Albert, Alberta

459-6671

School Screening Program, Kidney Foundation of Canada 439-1301 3201 University Hospital In this program children were screened in the schools for urinary tract or kidney infection. Staff went to schools and tested samples of each child's urine. Those with abrrprIllilities had their parents notified

-67who were advised to take their child to a doctor. Doctors were asked to submit a report of their findings to the Kidney Foundation. In 1972, 25,000 girls aged 6-12 were tested, 107 having major conditions and 4 undiagnosed diabetics. A total of 2% had some infection. In 1973, 25,000 boys aged 6-12 were also tested with no serious conditions discovered. The budget of the program was $80,000.00. The program is now completed as the testing of elementary school children for urinary infc,ction will be taken over by the Local Board of 06/74 Health.

Kidney Foundation Blood Pressure Project 439-1301 Kidney Foundation of Canada 3201 University Hospital

The Kidney Foundation is providing free screening centres for the general public in shopping malls and business compleses. Also they have tested 20,000 high school students in the schools. A central office for follow-up and records has been formed. Those found with high blood pressure are given a card telling them what their blood pressure is and suggesting that they see a doctor. The program began in April 1973 and has served 40,000 the year since then. The goal of the program is the prevention of cardio -vascular disease and its many complications by detecting those with high blood pressure and sending them to their physician before serious damage is done to the vital organs. The methods to achieve this are medical and educational through teaching in the schools, public speaking and talking to people in the clinic. Hypertensive patients are phoned every three months to check their progress. The area served is Edmonton City. One of the main problems in the treatment of hypertension is that because of ignorance, lack of patience and poor doctor-patient understanding the patient discontinues medication or therapy. Attempts are made to make patients understand that high blood pressure is controllable but not curable. Office staff and volunteers do follow-up of patients. Staff consists of approximately 100 nurses. 100 volunteers are used in blood pressure testing in the clinics. Funds come from the Kidney Foundation of Canada and the Local Initiatives Program. The budget of the program is approximately $15,000.00. The cost per person per test is $1.00. People are self-referred. Information about this program is available through the media. Problems seen: Only a small segment of the population is being 06/74 reached by the program due to a lack of more full time staff.

-686.

Organ Donor Program, Kidney Foundation of Canada 843 Tegler Building 429-4370

The Kidney Foundation is disseminating information on organ transplantation and circulating forms for people to sign and carry on their person so that if they die suddenly their organs may be used by those in need of transplants. These are legally accepted forms. The program began in 1973 and is serving 400 people at present. This program serves people with kidney failure only. They can be any age. The goal of the program is to persuade people to carry organ donor cards. Any person over 18 can participate in this program, and the Kidney Foundation pays for the service. The area served is Edmonton City. Volunteers are used to distribute the donor cards. The Kidney Foundation of Canada sets policy for the program. Funds come from donations and fund raising programs. The budget of the program is $50.00 annually. 06/74 7.

Deaf Detection and Development Program (Elks Purple Cross Fund) 9130 Jasper Avenue 423-1640

The Deaf Detection and Development Program was established in June, 1973 to promote the best possible services for the Canadina child with impaired hearing. The needs of the hearing handicapped are many and varied. These needs include the following: - detection of hearing impairment at the earliest age possible; - medical and audiological evaluations; - medical and audiological management; - parent counselling; appropriate rehabilitation; and education of the public. Announcements are put in local newspapers T'Llen the Mobile Unit is going to be in their particular area. There is no fee or cost as it is a Government sponsored service open to all. Approximately 12 children per day can be put through the unit. After a child's status has been assessed and if hearing impairment is evident, the specialists will make the appropriate recommendations for medical/surgical and/or audiological management. Approximately were discovered with infants to the aged. the child's way will treatment.

14 centers were served last year and about 24 children hearing defects. The service is open to everyone from If there are financial difficulties in a family, be paid into Edmonton so that the child may receive

Measurement of progress, results and improvements are kept by the staff in the Mobile Clinic and by the staff at the Glenrose. The geographic area served by the Clinic is Red Deer and North. Staff in the Mobile Clinic consists of four audiologists. The Director of the Elks 'Grand Lodge' works in conjunction with the Department of Health and Social Development. The program is funded by the Department of Health and Social Development and by the Elks Purple Cross Fund. There are no membership fees or costs to the clients in the program. The clients are often referred to

â&#x20AC;˘â&#x20AC;˘ 69 the Glenrose for speech therapy and audiology, as well as to the Hearing Aid Dealers Association. Basically, information about the program is publicized through the members of the Elks Lodge, through the issuing of pamphlets, through the media, radio, T.V. and newspaper. Nay" is Deaf Detection month - every Lodge puts on a fund raising project, e.g. ticket sales on a 'Camper'vehicle. Expansion is needed to serve the area of Red Deer and South. The program is sponsored by the benevolent and protective Lodge - the Elks Purple Cross Fund. 07/74

HOME TREATMENT SERVICES

Home treatment services are designed to treat the person outside of the institutional facility. They are useful in preventing institutionalization of individuals and enabling shorter periods of institutional treatment and convalescence. The initiation of the Edmonton Home Care Program, designed to coordinate and fund home treatment services, although presently in limited scale, is seen as an extremely positive step in the deinstitutionalization process. 1.

Edmonton Home Care Program (City of Edmonton) 6th Floor CN Tower 425-5971/5964 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

The program coordinates and helps finance the provision of health and supportive services to qualifying persons of all ages in order that they may remain in their home. Services are purchased for patients to enable recovery at home rather than in hospital surroundings to ensure speedy and comforting recovery. The program enables the patient to have normal activities within the home while recovering. The program began in November 1973 and is serving 195 people of all ages and all levels of functioning. 15 permanently disabled persons are presently being served and a total of 40 have been served on a cumulative basis. A person's condition must be such that he can be treated adequately at home with the services available through the program. The goal of the program is to prevent and delay institutionalization and to allow for early discharge from institutions by making individuals and their families functionally independent. An assessment is required from the Home Care nurse or social worker or from the referring institution consisting of a statcment of the client's needs. Home care staff decide on admission. There is a periodic measurement of the client's progress by the Home Care staff. The area served is Edmonton City. The client finishes the program when the specified goals as stated by the referring agent are reached. Staff consists of five people, one nurse, one social worker, one doctor, one secretary and one coordinator. Volunteers are used for delivery of meals, library services and friendly visiting.

-70A Management Committee consisting of the Deputy medical officer, Local Board of Health and the Director of Social Planning, Edmonton Social Services, sets policy for the program. Funds are provided 50% by the Local Board of Health and 50% by Preventive Social Services. The budget of the program in 1974-75 is $235,000.00. The average length of time for an individual on the program is one month. Fees are assessed on an individual basis according to ability to pay. Clients can be referred by doctors, nurses, social workers, other agencies and anyone else in the community. If requested periodic progress reports of the client are reported to the referring agent. The program refers clients to the appropriate agency in the community when they do not meet admission criteria of the Edmonton Home Care Program. Information about this program is available through brochures, the news media and word of mouth. Problems seen: The respondent feels that only limited community resources are available especially in provision of homemaking services. There is a need for expansion of the program in the areas of occupational therapy and equipment and supply loan. The unmet needs for the handicapped are: transportation and homehelp on an "ad hoc" basis. 06/74

TABLE 21 NUMBER OF PEOPLE RECEIVING SERVICES EDMONTON HOME CARE PROGRAM (OCTOBER 1974) SERVICE Nursing

NUMBER OF PEOPLE 113*

Homemaker

Homehelp

157

Meals-on-Wheels

Male.Nursing

Physiotherapy

Supplies and equipment

Friendly ViSiting Library Services

*Patients frequently use more than one service.

- 71 TABLE 22 AGE RANGE OF EDMONTON HOME CARE PROGRAM PARTICIPANTS NUMBER OF PEOPLE

AGE 0-16

17 - 29

30 - 59

60 - 69

44 130

70 and over

TABLE 23 CLASSIFICATION OF DIAGNOSIS OF HOME CARE PARTICIPANTS Medical Surgical Total Heart, Stroke & Other Circulatory Diseases Diseases of the Nervous System Geriatric -- Senility & Ill defined Conditions Diabetes & Other Metabolic, Nutritional and Endocrine Diseases Diseases of the Bones & Organs of Movement Diseases of the Respiratory System Accidents -- Fractures Mental Disorders Cancer Diseases of the Genito-Urinary System Diseases of the Skin & Subcutaneous Tissue Inftive & Parasitic Diseases Diseases of the Digestive System Congenital Anomalies & Certain Diseases of Early Infancy Diseases of the Blood & Blood Forming Organs Plastic Surgery Diseases of the Ears, Eyes, Nose & Throat Maternity Cases TOTAL

51 16 16

3 1 0

54 17 16

13 38 8 22 3 18 5 0 0 5

1 6 1 2 0 6 4 0 0 5

14 44 9 24 3 24 9 0 0 10

0 1 0 1 1

0 0 0 2 0

0 1 0

198

229

3 1

-722.

Visiting Nursing (Victorian Order of Nurses) #307, 10240 - 124 Street, 482-5467

The goal of the Visiting Nursing Program is to rehabilitate patients to their maximum potential and continue with care if needed on a maintenance basis. Visiting Nursing Care provides health supervision for prenatal and post-natal and newborns, as well as nursing care in the home on a visit basis. The V.O.N. also have hospital liaison programs, a student program, and a paramedical program. Edmonton City, Sherwood Park, and St. Albert are served by the V.O.N. Visiting Nursing was initiated in 1909. The 1974 admissions for January to May were 2,060. Those represented in the program are: the physical, mental or emotional handicapped, as well as "normals." Those admitted for nursing care must be under supervision of a medical doctor. The program is geared to clients of all ages. One of the "fringe benefits" which has resulted from a client's participation in the program is that they are able to stay at home and not be institutionalized. It also reduces the frequency of visits to a doctor's office in some instances. The nurse admits people to the program. Progress (or regression) is measured by the nurse at each visit. Cost to a client (or a third party) is $6.50 per visit. When a client else in the home has from-the program. If follows the case for

is able to function independently or when someone been taught to provide his care, he will "graduate" a client is institutionalized, hospital liaison as long as he is in the active treatment hospital.

Staff consists of 15 nurses. Volunteers are used on the Medical Advisory Board on the V.O.N. Board. Policy is set by the National and Local Boards. The program is funded from the following sources: fees from patients 12.8%, grants 7.8%, Government 14.9%, other 17.1%, and United Way 47.2%. Total budget of the V.O.N. is $334,279.00. The Midget for the Visiting Nursing Program is $263,398.00. Clients are referred from physicians, social workers, hospitals, physiotherapists, psychologists, psychiatrists, public health nurses, family and friends, and Edmonton Home Care Program. As much detail as possible regarding the client is requested. Progress is reported back to physicians and hospitals; otherwise, only if requested. Clients in the program are referred to institutions, Department of Health and Social Development, personal physicians, Edmonton Home Care Program, private physiotherapy services, Day Hospitals, etc. Problems seen: The respondent felt that the program could be expanded if there was publicity. Funding was reduced by the U.C.F. because of the rating for funding by priority study. Municipal and Provincial Governments are reluctant to increase funding.

-73Many clients require intermittent help throughout the day. Help need not necessarily be provided by a nurse, but V.O.N. is called, and it is frequently impossible for the patient to find the type of help he 06/74 does need. See also Meals-on-Wheels.

Physiotherapy Services, Canadian Arthritis and Rheumatism Society 263-0909 #339 - 805 - 5th Street

This is a home service program providing physiotherapy in the home of the arthritic patient to keep affected joints flexible and working for a longer time. The Society has worked with other agencies and institutions to increase the number of physiotherapy schools from two in 1948 to eleven at the present time. The program was initiated in 1948 and is serving people of all ages and all levels of physical functioning who are referred by a physician. An assessment consisting of the diagnosis is required from the referring physician. The Director of the program and physician decide on admission. The area served is Northern Alberta. There is a waiting list for the program, and the client will normally have to wait a few weeks to receive service. The Director of the program and the Society set policy for the program. The cost per patient per treatment is $8.00 which is partially covered by the Alberta Health Care Plan and the Society. Progress of the client, is reported back to the referring agent by phone or letter if requested. Information about this program is available through brochures, doctors and advertising. Problems seen: The problems in the program are a lack of funds which are not enough to provide maximum service and a lack of physiotherapists. There is a need to reach patients in outlying and rural areas. 07/74

Alberta Male Nursing Service 13860 - 110A Avenue 455-8755

This is a home care program for handicapped, injured or senile male patients who are not able to completely take care of their own needs. Services include: bath help, application of bandages and dressings, help in getting dressed, help to get into and out of car, house etc. These services are provided by orderlies who do this work after their regular work hours. The program began in 1959 and is serving about 180 people of all ages and handicaps and of all levels of functioning. The goal of the program is to help more people at home so that hospital beds are not occupied by patients that can be looked after at home. An assessment by a doctor or social worker is required. The administrator decides on admission. The area served is Edmonton City. Staff consists of three

-74orderlies and two administrators. The orderlies are fully trained and qualified. Funds come from Edmonton Home Care Program, Department of Veteran Affairs, and private sources. The cost per visit is $5.00 of which the City pays $4.75. The length of time for an individual on the program is a few weeks to 15 years. Clients can be referred by any agency. Information as to the kind of disability or disease is required from the referring agent. A monthly written report is forwarded to the referring agent stating the client's progress. Information about this program is available through Home Care and word of mouth. Problems seen: The respondent feels many more poeple could 06/74 benefit from this service if it was more widely known.

Edmonton Physiotherapy Clinic Limited 1011 Professional Building 429-6881

The Clinic provides complete out-patient physiotherapy services to anyone who is referred by a physician. The costs of service are covered by the out-patient department of Alberta Hospital Services Commission. 06/74

Health Care Services Upjohn Limited 400, 10080 Jasper Avenue 423-2221

Health Care Services Upjohn Limited is a commerical agency providing Registered Nursing services, Certified Nursing Aide services, Homemaker and Homeheln services to metropolitan Edmonton. Services are based on a four-hour minimum shift. This commercial service began on April 1 of 1974: Rates are charged per hour. For Registered Nursing care $5.30, for Certified Nursing Aide $3.80, for Registered Nursing Orderly $4.70. Homemaker service is $3.25 and homehelp is $3.15.

Nurses Private Duty Registry #210, 8225 - 105 Street 429-3386

The Nurses Private Duty Registry provides private nursing service by Registered Nurses and Certified Nurses Aides. The Registry provides service on the basis of a nimumum eight-hour shift. It is a commercial service, fees are $35.00 for a Registered Nurse and $24.00 for a Certified Nurses Aide. The Registry provided 33,200 hours of service to 4,150 patients in 1973.

-75E.

PROSTHETICS AND APPLIANCES

In Edmonton, prosthetics are supplied through four outlets. These are 1) Edmonton Artificial Limb Company Ltd. 10756 - 101 Street, Phone 426-7969; 2) Northern Alberta Limb Company Ltd. 11450 - 124 Street, Phone 455-9823; 3) Prosthetic Department, Glenrose Hospital; 4) Prosthetic Services, Medical Services, Department of National Health and Welfare, Newburn Pavilion, University of Alberta Hospital, Phone 433-3731.

Wheelchair and Appliances Outlets

In Edmonton there are five outlets providing wheelchairs and other appliances. Purchases can be made from: 1) Mid-Canada Medical, 6026 - 87 Street, Phone 466-6026. 2) Western Wheelchair Sales and Services, 9920 Jasper Avenue, Phone 426-4979. 3) Ostomy Centre and Health Aids, Division of Standard Hospital Supply Ltd. 15819 Stony Plain Road, Phone 484-7948. 4) Griswal6 Professional Pharmacy Ltd. Strathcona Medical Dental Building, Phone 439-7809. Repairs to Wheelchairs and Appliances can be done at Mid-Canada Medical and Western Wheelchair Sales and Services. Rental of wheelchairs and appliances can be made at Home Equipment and Sales Ltd., 9637 - 111 Ave., Phone 424-0458.

Alberta Hearing Aid Dealers Association 10246 - 102 Street 424-5975

The Association was formed in 1969 with the main purpose of improving the standards and quality of service to the hard of hearing. Great strides have been made and the quality of service is one of the highest in North America. Education upgrading courses have been organized through the Department of Extension at the University of Alberta and Alberta College. The Association does not maintain a business office and does not hire staff. It is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a Provincial level. The Association is a registered chapter of the National Hearing Aid Society, 20361 Middlebelt, Livonia, Michigan. 90% of the Association's funds are raised through memberhsip fees, the rest comes from other community sources. Membership fees are $100.00 per year. The gross expenditure for last year's operation was $2,500.00. The Association has 16 full members and 20 associates. Criteria for membership is a certification with the National Hearing Aid Society. Members are involved in decision making committees. The respondent feels that there is excessive duplication of services by other professional groups in the field of hearing aids. 07/74

-76TABLE 24 HEARING AID DEALERS AND SUPPLIES NAME

ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

Acousticon Hearing Aid Centre

213 Tegler Bldg.

422-4820

Alberta Hearing Service

213 Tegler Bldg.

422-4820

Anderson Hearing Aid Service

10752 Jasper Avenue

429-1010

Bay Hearing Aid Centre

102 St. & Jasper Ave.

424-0121

Downtown Hearing Aid Centre

521 Tegler Bldg.

429-6950

Eatons

10220 - 101 Street

424-018k

Optical Prescription Company

323 Tegler Bldg.

424-8804

Better Hearing Centre

10025 - 106 Street

424-4856

Quality Hearing Aid Services

12419 - 118 Avenue

454-5005

Sinclair's House of Hearing

215 Birks Bldg.

422-6734

Thibodeau Hearing Aid Centre

10246 - 102 Street

424-5975

THE FINANCING OF HEALTH SERVICES

The cumulative developments in the health care insurance system of Alberta have almost totally removed the once heavy burden of the cost of health care. The Health Care Insurance system is extended universally to the elderly in Alberta. Adults under the age of 65 are not entitled to the full benefits of the Health Insurance system. the system consists of four parts: The Alberta Health Care Insurance Plan, Alberta Hospitalization Benefits Plan, Alberta Blue Cross Plan, and the Extended Health Benefits Plan (for persons 65 years of age or over). A number of associations and service clubs have traditionally provided some assistance in financing the health needs of the handicapped. These private sources have generally been available mostly to children. With the advent of the handicapped children's unit of the Department of Health and Social Development (see section on Special Needs of Children), which pays for the additional needs of children who are handicapped, these resources may possibly be reallocated to the adult handicapped person. While the Health Care Insurance system is probably the most significant service offered to the handicapped person, it is evident that there are still gaps in this service to those above the age of 18 and below the age of 65.

-771.

Insurance a. Alberta Health Care Insurance Plan Groat Road & 118th Avenue 453-4211 P. 0. Box 1360

The basic services provided by the Alberta Health Care Insurance Plan include: (a) medically required services of general practitioners, specialists (surgeons, radiologists, etc.) and osteopaths, (b) a number of specified surgical procedures carried out by a dental surgeon, (c) optometric services restricted to one eye examination including refraction and the writing of a prescription for the fitting of eye glasses in each benefit period, (d) chiropractic services to a maximum of $6.00 each visit with a Unit for each benefit period of $100.00 for single residents and $150.00 for those with one or more dependents. This coverage includes $10.00 for x-rays for each particular disability, (e) Podiatric services and appliances, paid for under an approved scheme of fees with a limit during each benefit period of $100.00 for single residents and $150.00 for those with one or more dependents. The fee for this service is $5.75 per month for a single person and $11.50 for a family. Persons over the age of 65 are not required to pay premiums. b. Alberta Hospitalization Benefits Plan Alberta Hospital Services Commission 9912 - 107 Street 425-1810 P. 0. Box 2222 This is a compulsory hospitalization pin which every resident in the Province must subscribe to. The premiums for this service are combined with those for the Alberta Health Care Insurance Plan. There are no premiums required for persons over the age of 65. Benefits include hospitalization at the standard ward level in an active treatment rehabilitation or auxiliary hospital; out-patient services from these hospitals; and nursing home service.

c. Alberta Blue Cross Plan 10025 - 108 Street 429-5221 The Alberta Health Care Insurance Commission purchases membership in Alberta Blue Cross and offers it on an individual non-group basis at reduced rates to residents of Alberta. The premium for a single person is $2.00 per month and for a family $4.00 per month. Persons with limited incomes can get further reductions in premium rates. Persons over the age of 65 are exempt from payments of premiums and are exempt from the annual $15.00 deductible charge. The following benefits are included in the plan: (a) hospital benefits - 1 - payment of differential charges for an unlimited period for semi-private or private beds in an active treatment hospital.

-782 - an allowance of up to $360.00 for each participant in a benefit year toward the cost of preferred accommodation in an auxiliary hospital in Canada. 3 - up to $40.00 per day for hospital charges remaining after Government credit has been applied for an active treatment hospital outside of Alberta. (b) Other Services - 1 - professional ambulance service. Actual charges up to $100.00. 2 - Nursing care by a practical or registered nurse in the participant's home. Up to $100.00 per benefit year. 3 - Services rendered by a naturopath for a disability; charges not exceeding $4.00 per visit. Maximum of $100.00 per benefit year. 4 - Appliances, including aritificial eyes, artificial limbs and braces, manufactured according to the specifications of a physician. 5 - Dental care - the repair or extraction of natural teeth damaged through accidental injury. 6 - Drugs - prescription drugs Obtained from a licensed pharmacist on prescription from a physician; 80% of costs paid.

d. Extended Health Benefits Department of Health and Social Development and Alberta Health Care Insurance Commission 229-3271 Administration Building Initiated in August 1973, Extended Health Benefits provides health services to all Albertans 65 years and over, and to their dependents. Services are those not covered by basic health care (Alberta Health Care Insurance) and Alberta Blue Cross. These include dental, optical, medical, and surgical equipment and appliances. The goal of the program is to provide these required Health Services beyond basic insured services to permit senior citizens to prolong independence in their own home and reduce the cost of these to persons on fixed incomes. The primary method of achieving these goals is through medically related services provided by the practitioner of a client's choice. Since its initiation, Extended Health Benefits has served 150,000 people. All physical disabilities are represented in the program. Disability figures are not maintained however, since age is the criterion for admission. There is no assessment required prior to admission. It is automatic if the basic criterion (65 years and over, registered with Alberta Health Care Insurance Commission, or a dependent of 65 year old person) is met. Progress measurement is left entirely to the discretion of the private physician or other practitioner. A staff of twelve consists of program policy and administration personnel. Initial staff training programs deal with the philosophy, objectives and procedures of the program. The Deputy Minister in counsel with the Minister and program consultants set the policy for Extended Health Benefits. Senior citizen organizations and professional bodies provide input into the program.

-79Extended Health Benefits is funded by the Provincial Government. There are no costs to the client. Clients are referred from the following sources: hospitals, social workers, self referrals etc. The only information required from a referring agency is the age of the client and their Alberta Health Care number. All elgible persons were informe of the program by mail. Senior citizen organizations, hospitals, the medical profession, optical professions, dental professions and technicians,pharmacies and suppliers were also informed. It would be extremely helpful if this program were extended to the disabled person below the age of 65 years.

Health Care Services Provided by Associations and Service Clubs

a. Patient Care, Northern Alberta Crippled Children's Fund 10226 - 109 Street 424-6555 The N.A.C.C.F. assists rural Northern Alberta children under the age of 18 by providing them with medical assistance such as medication or equipment etc. when no other agency will help. They also pay room and board for those children who are in Edmonton to attend school or for treatment. This program began in 1947 and is serving approximately 90 people at present. A person with any type of disability and any level of functioning can be served. The goal of the program is to assist as many handicapped youngsters as possible, who are unable to help themselves. The Patient Care Committee assesses the client by reviewing the application form, this committee also decides on admission. The parents of the child must be unable to afford the cost of looking after their handicapped child. Transportation is provided for the client. The area served is Northern Alberta. There is no waiting list for the program. The funds for this program are provided by memorial donations, legacies, wills and gentrpl donations. Since 1947 the program has provided over million dollars in financial aid to hanaicapped children. Clients are referred by doctors, social workers, schools, hospitals, friends and government agencies. Information about this program is transmitted 06/74 by word of mouth. b. Personal Assistance Program Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled 504 Revillon Building, 10201 - 104 Street 429-2667 This program provides immediate assistance to the physically handicapped in instances where services are not available from any other source. Each year approximately 2,000 children and adults receive individual help through the program. This may take the form of financial support for transportation, or accommodation, or it may cover treatment costs for professional services not covered under Alberta Health Care.

-80Assistance my be given for patient care assessment and referral, or to help pay for equipment, such as braces, wheelchairs, or hearing aids, or for medication, where the cost may cause severe hardship on borderline income families. The agency will act in an ancillary capacity; for example when the directors of the School for Autistic Children were having problems in transportation, Alberta Rehabilitation Council ran the service for one year, until satisfactory arrangements were made. Referrals come from sources including doctors, hospitals, clinics, social workers, health and welfare officers, or a family may contact the agency independently.

Services to Special Cases

The agency's normal client case load for one year is in excess of 500. In the past fog years the Alberta Rehabilitation Council has been faced with an increasing number of very special cases for whom recent research has discovered possible cures and corrections. These unique services ara generally provided only at specific clinics in Canada and the United States. Such services may entail a cost of from $5,000.00 to $10,000.00 in each case. Where the pooling of family resources and Government assistance does not meet the cost involved, Alberta Rehabilitation Council will coordinate the financial assistance of donor groups to facilitate this need.

a. Help for M.S. Patients (Multiple Sclerosis Society) 701 Tegler Building 424-6766 The program is set up in a way to be most flexible in order to be able to aid M.S. patients in the best way possible. Some of the aspects of the program are: providing wheelchairs and other necessary accessories for patients, counselling services for patients and/or their families, picnics, public aoeaking on M.S. and community work informing the public about M.S. The program was initiated in 1956 and is serving 580 people at present. It has served about 2000 people since its beginning. The program also serves other severely handicapped people like cerebral palsy and muscular dystrophy patients. The program serves people 1750 years old and of all levels of functioning. The goal of the program is to help make life better for M.S. patients. This is achieved by personal contact with the client. There is a constant measurement of the progression of the patient's disease by means of yearly questionnaires. Transportation can be paid for by the program. The area served is Edmonton City. Staff consists of one secretary and one social worker. The Board of Directors sets the policy for the program. Ninety percent of the program is funded by the United Way and ten percent by donations. The budget of the program is $17,000.00. Clients can be self-referred, referred by doctors, social workers and hospitals. The referring agent is requested to fill out a form regarding the background of the client. Progress is reported to the referring agent if requested. Information about this program is transmitted by the media, brochures and newsletters.

-81Funding for the program is not sufficient and causes a shortage of staff and services. The unmet problems for M.S. people are transportation, housing, upgrading of social allowances and vocational opportunities. 07/74

Department of Health and Social Development Division of Medical Services Room 426, Administration Building 229-3549 229-3548 The following are services offered by the Division: 1. Supervises and directs the general medical services of the Department of Health, dental, optical and other services provides for Social Allowance recipients. 2. A Registry of handicapped children and adults in Alberta a referral, information and researchcenter (see section on Coordination and Planning). 3. The Multiple Handicapped P/Dgram - for all children with a physical haliiicap, who by reason of their disability require educational facilities, who are not over 17 years old, and whose I.Q. rating is 75 or above, may be treated in this unit. Children must be referred by a medical doctor and may be admitted to the program after being assessed by a special team. The team may: (1) authorize admission, (2) advise as to treatment, aim, or goal. 4. Special Drugs provided under the following programs: (a) Cystic Fibrosis program - Antibiotics and pancreatic extracts provided for the therapy of registered Cystic Fibrosis patients up to 18 years of age only. Patient must be an established resident of Alberta. (b) Phenylketonuria Program - A low phenylalanine food (Lofenolac) supplement is supplied to proven cases free of co7t until the sixth birthday. The diagnosis of phenylketonuria should be made early in infancy and treatment instituted if mental deficiency is to be prevented. (c) Rheumatic Fever Prophlaxis Program - The Government of Alberta, recognizing the value of prophylactic penicillin in the prevention of further attacks of rheumatic fever, will provide the necessary penicillin for those individuals up to their eighteenth birthday who have had authenticated rheu-Eltic fever. (d) Diabetic Therapy Program - The Government of Alberta will supply drugs for those Alberta citizens who are unable to provide such treatment from their own means. The therapeutic agents to be supplied under this program are: Insulin, Tolbutamide, Chlorpropamide and Phenformin. The patient will be required to complete a Financial Responsibility Report and get a clinical application form by the attending physician. There are no age restrictions.

-825. Services to Handicapped Children (a) Thalidomide Program - Provides financial assistance for Alberta resident infants considered to be severely crippled due to alleged administration of a thalidomide drug during the period of their gestation. (b) Juvenile Amputee Clinics - For children severely disabled due to amputation of a limb, either congenital or traumatic, prosthetic services supplied until their eighteenth birthday. Parents must have been residents of Alberta for the last 12 consecutive months. 6. Emergency Air Ambulance Service - Available only for residents of Alberta. Air transportation is provided on prior approval for emergency medical and surgical patients from remote areas to larger health facilities who, because of the emergent nature of the condition or because of inaccessibility of hospitals to the patient, of necessity must be transported by air. 7. Poliomyelitis Services - This includes hospital care, medical services in hospitals, appliances, out-patient physiotherapy and assessment services and home care poliomyletis equipment. Patients must have resided in the Province of Alberta for 12 months out of 24 months immediately preceeding application for treatment services or admission to hospital. 8. Poison Control Service - Service established in order to ensure that every resident in Alberta would have adequate protection in the event of an accidental poisoning. A Poison Information Center is located at the University of Alberta Hospital and supplies information free of charge on request. Properly equipped Poison Treatment Centers are established in the emergency services of each active treatment hospital in the Province. 9. Emergency Health Services - Establish services to meet with National emergencies, including disaster plans for all hospitals. 07/74

c. Treatment Branch Department of Veteran Affairs 463 Federal Building 439-1776 The program provides payment for treatment of entitled veterans not otherwise provided for. This may include drugs, hospital costs, prosthestics, transportation, lodging. Physically handicapped persons are only a small part of the program and only if nobody else provides a service for them. The program began in 1945 and has served about 10,000 people since then. Anybody that comes in and qualifies is aided in a financial way. All levels of physical functionin- are served and the client must be either in receipt of a disability pension or a war veterans allowance. (see section on Employment and Income Maintenance) The goal of the

-83program is to provide the medical support necessary to rehabilitate the war injured veteran. Now the program is mainly geared to maintenance and support of aged men and omen who are war veterans. If the client has no income, no assessment is required otherwise an assessment is provided by the Canadian Pension Commission, Welfare Services or Medical Services consisting of proof that they are materially handicapped or receiving war veterans allowance. The area served is Northern Alberta. Staff consists of 125 people, nurses, doctors, orderlies, housekeeping, administration, etc. Three volunteers are used to socialize with the clients and to provide help. The Department of Veteran Affairs sets the policy for the program. Funds are provided by the Federal Government. The bedget of the program is $2i million. An individual is on this program for life. Anybody can refer clients to this program. Problems seen: There is a need for an alcoholic treatment centre to serve the older person. 07/74

IV. This designed to Some of the are for the

COMIUNIlY SUPPORT SEWICES

section described the services in the community that are enable people to better cope with their situation for living. services described are particularly for the disabled, others general community and may be utilized by the disabled person.

COUNSELLING SERVICES

Counselling services may be useful to the disabled person and for his family. They can assist the individual or family to explore the presenting problem and seek better or more effective ways to handle the situation. A number of the associations described in thi section, provide counselling service to their members or others with that particular disability. The professional general counselling services are available to the disabled, but for various reasons (unexplored), their use by the disabled is negligible.

Catholic Family and Child Services 11125 - 107 Avenue 426-5515 Hours: Monday to Friday, 9:00 - 5:00, Tuesday, 1:00 - 8:00

Catholic Family and Child Services offer a full range of professional counselling services to individuals and families. It is primarily for the Catholic population of Edmonton although anyone regardless of religion may use the service. The service to the disabled has centered around assisting with planning effectively for the future and directing the client to the appropriate special service. Approximately 500 cases are handled annually. Catholic Family and Child Service is a member agency 'of Catholic Charities but is funded separately by the United Way.

Family Serviced Department (Salvation Army) 10102 - 101 Street 424-6924

The Salvation Army Family Services department offers counselling for a wide range of presented problems, particularly in the areas of marriage and premarriage counselling. They also operate and do counselling through the Suicide line. It is estimated that 25-30 individuals and families are counselled per month (including the Suicide Line). There is no charge to the user for the service. Funds are raised through the Salavation Army's Red Shield Appeal, donations and other community appeals.

- 85 3.

Pastoral Institute Of Edmonton- 426-1861 112 Street & 109 Avenue Hours: 9:00 - 4:30

The Pastoral Institute of Edmonton, formerly the Interfaith Counselling Clinic, offers counselling to families and individuals concerned with a wide range of problems. For the two week period of September 9th-20th, 65-70 clients were seen. There is a fee for the service charged to the user, this is on a sliding scale depending upon family income and number of children. The projected budget for 1975 is $75,000.00; support is being sought from both the Federal and Provincial Governments.

Community Counselling Service Edmonton Social Services 6th Floor CM Tower Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

The Community Counselling Service deals with a wide scope of family problems. Among their functions is the arranging of hamehelp, providing a social worker and referral to other agencies that can provide the needed help for particular situations. The program was initiated in 1966 and is serving about 610 people per month. All kinds of handicaps are represented in the program. The age range served is 0 to any age. The goal of the program is to enhance family life. An assessment as to the client's ability to use the services offered: is done by the Edmonton Social Services. A social worker in consultation with the supervisor decides on admission. Progress of the client is measured every three months. The area served is Edmonton. After completing the program the client goes back to normal life and/or may be referred to a psychiatrist or other applicable resources. Staff consists of social workers. Volunteers are used as tutors and for friendly visiting. The program is funded by the Province and the City. The budget of the program is $377,528.00. Clients are self referred or referred by doctors, lawyers, and schools. Information regarding the nature of the problem is required from the referring agent. A written report provides information about the program. Problems seen: The respondent feels there is a lack of public knowledge about the services available, and there is a need to increase staff for the program. 05/74

Family Service Program (Family Service Association of Edmonton) 9919 - 106 Street 424-4161

The Family Service Program, established in 1942, consists of: 1 - family counselling, 2 - family life education, 3 - professional education, 4 - family advocacy, and 5 - research.

- 86 1. Family Counselling - Individual, marriage and family counselling services are provided to persons and families who are experiencing difficulties in personal relationships. 2. Family Life Education - Family Life Education services are provided to the community in two major areas. The education for marriage clinics provides a six week discussion and education course designed to provide relevant information and planned discussion to engaged couples who are preparing for marriage. Some involvement was undertaken with youngsters in some of the City schools with a focus on development of healthy personal values and understanding of the pertinent emotional aspects of their individual and family lives. 3. Professional Education - The Association is concerned with the preparation and training of social workers and professionals from other disciplines who work in clinical counselling (non-medical) as a specialized practice. 4. Family Advocacy - The Board of Directors and professional staff review various social forces and conditions which affect family lying. 5. Research - This service relates to evaluation and effectiveness of services provided and the efficiency with which they are delivered. In Family Counselling last year, 1,750 families were seen in the office and over 4,000 telephone consultations, information and support were supplied. The program is available to all persons, not only the handicapped, and serves Metropolitan Edmonton. If a client is eligible for service, then the Training Consultant makes the decision on admission of a client. At the termination of client contact an evaluation is made. The client finishes with the program when his period of counselling is completed. Staff consists of 13 marriage and family counsellors. The Family Service Association Board of Directors sets the policy of the program. The program is funded by the United Way (82%), from fees (15%), and from grants, donations and other sources (3%). The 1973 budget for the program was $228,022.00. Clients are referred to various agencies as required by the client. Family Service Association is a voluntary agency. 05/74

Jewish Family Services 216 McLeod Building 424-6346

Jewish Family Services is a social service agency which began in 1955. It is their goal to promote the welfare of the Jewish residents of Edmonton through a variety of services including concrete assistance

- 87 and casework in keeping with the philosophy and tradition of Judaism. The agency provides a variety of services to families, children and individuals under stress, such as: family counselling, information and referral, senior citizens assistance, resettlement services, family life education and other services. Jewish Family Services is governed by a Board of elected volunteers of the Jewish Community. A staff of three includes an executive director, a caseworker and a secretary. The agency is funded by the following sources: United Way (85%), United Jewish Appeal (13%), National Council of Jewish Women (1%), and B'nai B'rith (1%). The total budget of the agency (1973) was $30,000.00. Progress of a client is reported back to the referral agency if it is requested. No fee is charged for services although families who are financially able, frequently make a donation. Though no voluntary services are used on a regular basis, the agency has access to voluntary consultant services of professionals including a medical doctor, a psychiatrist and two lawyers. 07/74

Hand-in-Hand Assistance Edmonton Social Services for the Disabled #10, 10015 - 82 Avenue 433-3022 or 439-1698 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

The service provided by the "Hand-in-Hand Assistance" Program is that of assisting the physically handicapped with information about housing, transportation, housekeepers, attendents, medical assistants, etc. They also attempt to meet the immediate needs of the disabled who contact the office, whether with direct service or referral. Hand-in-Hand Assistance was initiated in June 1972. It is presently serving approximately 125 clients per month. Prerequisites for admission is simple a physical disability that affects the normal lifestyle. All levels of physical functioing are served in the program as well as all ages. Participation in the program has resulted in more independence and feelings of personal worth for the clients. In the initial interview, the counsellors assess whether they can help the client. Progress of a client is measured by checking back to see how things are going. Clients of Metropolitan Edmonton are served. A client "finishes" the program when his/her need is fulfilled. Informal follow-up is maintained and a client can call back anytime. Staff consists of four counsellors. Volunteers are used occasionally as helpers, in a friend capacity or as volunteer visitors. The program is funded by the Ability Fund (25%) and the Provincial Government (75%). Total budget of the agency is $45,000.00.

Clients are referred from Canada Manpower, Workers Compensation Board, physicians, social workers, hospitals, physiotherapists, selfreferrals, and referrals from other agencies. The Program refers its clients to the Department of Health and Social Development, the V.O.N., A.V.T., Edmonton Home Care Program, Society for the Retired* and SemiRetired, etc. Problems seen: The respondent feels that there are not enough housekeeping services available in the City that the handicapped can afford. More live-in situations are also needed. 06/74 See also Employment and Information Service.

Rehabilitation Office, Alberta Tuberculosis and Respiratory Disease Association Out-patient Department Aberhart Hospital 439-0051, Local 220

The program offers a general counselling service for all former patients of the Aberhart Hospital. They return to the out-patient department at intervals of three months. People are counselled regarding financial, vocational and educational assistance. The program began in 1946 and is serving 300 people of all ages who are functionally independent. Only people who were formerly affected by Tuberculosis or other respiratory diseases are served by this program. Many Tuberculosis patients have problems with social and financial rehabilitation. Alcoholism is becoming a problem. The goal of the program is for the Rehabilitation Counsellor to assist these patients Patients can be assessed as to their progress by doctors, nurses and social workers on their periodic return to the out-patient department of the Aberhart Hospital. Transportation costs can be met by various regional offices of Social Development. The area served is Northern Alberta with 75% of the clients coming from Edmonton. Staff consists of one social worker. The Board of Directors of the Association set policy for the program. Funds are provided by the T.B. and Respiratory Disease Association. The budget of the program is $25,000.00. The social worker sees clients most often during the first year after discharge from the hospital. Clients can be referred by doctors, social workers and hospitals. Medical and social information is required from the referring agent. In-patients of the Aberhart Hospital are seen by the social worker to inform diem of the service available after discharge. 06/74

Information, Referral and Recreation Edmonton Epilepsy Association 725 Tegler Building 422-2710

The Association dispenses information to clients and organizations, clubs, nursing staff and medical people. Epileptics are counselled on problems relating to epilepsy and on social and emotional problems. The program includes some job referrals and recreational activities.

-89The program was initiated in 1958 and is serving 350 - 500 people of all ages and all levels of functioning. The goal of the program is to dispel prejudice and misunderstanding to create social acceptance for the epileptic. To achieve this the program gives out literature and films and holds public speeches. The fringe benefits to the epileptics from this program are entertainment, social assurance and socialization. The Executive Secretary decides on admission. Any epileptic is served by this program. The area served is Metropolitan Edmonton with 90% of the clients coming from Edmonton City. Staff consists of one executive secretary and one clerical secretary. Ten volunteers are used in recreational activities and office work. The Board sets the policy for the program. The service is funded 100% by the United Way. The budget Of the program is $16,000.00. Memberhsip fees are $1.00 per year. Clients can be referred by doctors, social workers, hospitals and schools. Any information from the referring agent is appreciated. Progress of the client is reported by phone. Information about this program is available by personal contact over the phone. Problems seen: The respondent felt there is a lack of active recreation for epileptics and there is a need to inform the public to a greater degree about epilepsy. 06/74

TRANSPORTATION

Transportation, because of the nature of the physical design of transit vehicles and because of the mobility handicap of the disabled person, is a major problem for the handicapped. The needs of children (e.g. to get to school) are relatively well taken care of via Edmonton Handi-buses Association (see below). The real difficulty is, rather for the adult handicapped person. Some disabled persons are able to own their own cars and, modifications can be made for vehicles to enable some handicapped people to use them. It is assumed, however, that most of the physically disabled do not own their own vehibles. Transportation for these persons is extremely limited, a number of taxi companies (see below), the services of the Handi-Limousine Service Society and limited service from Handi-buses Association are presently all that is available to the disabled person that needs transit service. The adult disalbed person frequently finds that he is unable to be employed because no transportation service exists at a price that makes employment economical. There has recently been a great deal of action in the community to initiate a transportation service for the handicapped. A committee organized by the United Way of Edmonton and area has been extremely active in this capacity. The City of Edmonton, Transportation Planning Branch, has recently produced a report, "Adult Transportation Service for the Disabled" which makes seven recommendations, these are: 1 that funding and assistance be provided to an outside agency to improve existing special transportation facilities with respect to transportation limitation categories (a) - individuals who need a special vehicle and

- 90 (b) - individuals who do not need a special vehicle but who cannot use existing public transportation facilities, for an experimental period of not more than two years, from what day one of operation. Prior to the termination of the two year period this service will be assessed to determine if it should be continued in the same form or whether some other alternative solutions should be recommended. The contract for providing this service should be awarded through public tender. It is further recommended that a standard trip format be established to record trip characteristics of Edmontons disabled population. 2 - That the Edmonton Rapid Transit System commence immediately with a program for providing necessary changes relative to bus operating and physical facilities in order to minimize the difficulties presently being experienced by people in category C - individuals who can use existing public transportation facilities with difficulty. 3 - That a meeting be held with the representatives from the Rapid Transit Branch, the architects who design the stations, and individuals of the various organizations representing the disabled people. The Transportation Planning Branch maintains, in view of the complexity of the situation, that no definite policy decisions can be made until these meetings are held. 4 - That an eleven member advisory committee be established with the following composition: two representatives from the City (one of whom would act as chairman); two representatives from the United Way; and seven handicapped individuals to be recommended by existing handicapped groups and organizations. 5 - The organization chart as presented in Figure 1 be accepted as the formal process for which transportation services for the disabled be designed, implemented, adminstered, and evaluated. 6 - That the funding, be provided by the City of Edmonton, be part of the capital budget and be allocated to the operator of the system through the budget of the Edmonton Transit System. 7 - The final recommendation is that the proposed transportation facility be subsidized to the extent the fares are affordable to disabled individuals. For further information, it is recommended that individuals obtain a copy of the report. It is, indicative, that the City of Edmonton is committed to providing transportation services to its handicapped citizens. This system, when initiated should be of great benefit to the handicapped person and in particular as it relates to employment, recreation and accessibility to services.

Edmanton Handi-Buses Edmonton Handi-Buses Association 10212 - 127 Avenue 475-6722

The program provides transportation for physically handicapped children and adults to and from schools or hospitals. Some transportation is provided to go shopping or for recreation. The majority of the clients are of school age. Some mentally and emotionally handicapped are served but the priority is on the physically handicapped. The program began in 1969 and is serving 400 people per day of all kinds of handicaps and all levels of functioning. The age range served is 3 - 60 years and the client must not be able to use other

-91transportation. An assessment from the institution the client attends is required. The area served is Metropolitan Edmonton. 50 people .are on the waiting list at present which is operated on a basis of priority placed on disabled children going to school or treatment. Staff consists of 16 drivers and three office staff. One third of the funds are provided by United Way and two thirds are provided by the School Boards. The budget of the program is $190,000.00. The cost per individual per day is $4.00 which is covered by the School Boards and United Way. Clients can be referred by social workers, hospitals and schools. Information regarding the inability of the client is required from the referring agent. Information about this program can be obtained through meetings and word of mouth. Problems seen: The respondent feels there is a need for transportation for physically handicapped adults. 05/74

Handy Limousine Service Society 489-1732 9911 - 158 Street

The Handy Limousine Service Society began operating on July 22, 1974. They provide transportation for the handicapped, elderly and the mentally retarded of all ages, at a nominal fee of $3.00 per person round trip of $1.50 one way within the City limits. They are equipped to handle wheelchair and amtulatory patients. It is their aim to supply a diversified service by providing: 1 low cost service, 2 - immediate service on all calls, 3 - uniformed and courteous drivers, 4 - 24 hour service to all, 5 - radio equipped window vans for better service, 6 - drivers with a St. Johns Ambulance course and a defensive drivers course, 7 - a board of directors comprised of handicapped persons from all walks of life, 8 - the hiring of handicapped staff for the office, for dispatching and for general clerical work. The Society feels there is a need for this type of service, as there are 15,000 or more handicapped persons in Edmonton needing some kind of transportation system. They are serving about 35 people per day. It is their goal to provide a service that the handicapped can be proud of. Participation in the program has resulted in "fringe benefits" to the disabled or elderly customers. These people are no longer restricted in their outings; now they can call at any time and get service at a reasonable fare. Although the program is presently serving Edmonton, they hope to expand to serve Stony Plain, St. Albert, Leduc and Sherwood Park. Customers are served on a first come first served basis. There are two vans in operation to serve then. Staff consists of six drivers.

- 92 There are no funds for the Society at this time. However a proposal is before the City asking for a grant to buy fifteen new vans and money to operate on. The board members set policy for the program. Infolmation about the service is transmitted to agencies and concerned people by newspaper, T.V., radio and brochures. Problems seen: The respondent stated that funding and the need 08/74 for more vans were their biggest problems at this time.

Wheelchair Van (Diamond Cab) 11045 - 96 Street 424-2121

The Diamond Cab Company has two wheelchair vans. Passengers book in advance for service and a round trip is usually $10.00. However, the cost depends on the number of people using it at one time and the distance of the trip. The vans can haul a maximum of five wheelchairs at one time for approximately $20.00 for a round trip. The greatest percentage of customers come from Edmonton although they do occasionally make trips out to Sherwood Park and St. Albert. In the fall and winter months, many of their clients are students going to Alberta Vocational Center, Northern Alberta Institute of Technology, or the University of Alberta. The Wheelchair Van service began in 1970 and is limited to the physically disabled of all ages. Staff consists of two drivers. The policy of the company is 08/74 set by the owner of Diamond Cab.

Wheelchair Cab (Yellow Cab Ltd.) 10572 - 101 Street 425-9189

The Wheelchair Cab provides service 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. Clients are asked to book ahead as there is only one vehicle. When a booking comes in, they line up a driver and send the van out. The capacity of the Wheelchair Cab is for one wheelchair patient and two walkers or it could be for three senior citizens. The cost of the cab is $8.00 per hour at a minimum of one hour per trip. After the 1st hour it is broken down into 15 minute slots at a cost of $2.00 per 15 minutes. Festive seasons are peak periods for the cab and this service is used by many senior citizens. The Wheelchiar Cab service began in 1965 and serves the physically disabled or senior citizens so that they may travel with dignity and comfort. The cab serves the City of Edmonton and a 20 mile radius.

- 93 During peak festive seasons, a waiting list may occur. If so, clients are served on a first come first served basis. There is not enough work for one man to be on steady, so when a driver is needed, he is lined up from the regular drivers. Problems seen: The respondent feels that the service is not a profit service for Yellow Cab because there is not enough business. 07/74

HOUSING AND RESIDENTIAL SERVICES

Housing is one of the basic needs of people. There need be a range of housing alternatives to appropriately meet the need of different people. The disabled person is not different than other persons, he or she requires a housing situation that is appropriate and adequate for his or her needs. For those who are minimally affected by their disability, housing is not a severe problem. An "accessible" apartment building (with no steps at entry and rn elevator) might be quite adequate for the healthy paraplegic or amputee. Others more severely affected might require assistance or mechanical aids in bathing, entering or leaving bed, eating, etc. The more severely disabled presently have little option in living situations. The nursing home and auxiliary hospital are basically the only residential facilities available to them. (See section on Health Services) A number of handicapped adults feel that the nursing home, designed primarily for the elderly person, and the auxiliary hospital, designed for long-term chronic health treatment, are inappropriate as housing situations for the disabled. There is presently a trend, not as yet realized, to offer other types of housing alternatives to the disabled person. This trend or movement is based upon the philosophy of normalization and the realization of the high financial costs and other undesirable attributes of institutionalization. The C.N.I.B. presently operates a residence for the blind (see section on Associations). Two organizations are planning residential services for the disabled person. The Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled is presently constructing a group residence for severely disabled young adults. The Handicapped Housing Society has concluded its report "Access: Housing", a proposal for a number of housing alternatives dependent upon the severity of the disability (see below). The Handicapped Housing Society has basically adapted the philosophy of the Swedish "Fokus Society" in presenting its plan. The Fokus Society is a Swedish organization that sponsors research, builds dwellings and provides services for severely handicapped people. The Fokus principle is one of dispersal. About 15 to 20 specially designed units are scaterred within normal family type apartment buildings. Some special facilities are provided on the ground floor, but most are shared with other tenants.

- 94 The dwelling units reflect a high degree of concern for appropriate detailing. The kitchen and bathroom are designed with counters and equipment that are completely flexible in height to suit any disability. It is important to note that the Fokus units are intended for the severely disabled who would otherwise be housed in institutions. Those less severely disabled can benefit from a series of Government grants and subsidies that allow them to modify their own dwellings. The program of the Fokus Society might be an appropriate model from which to derive rtc.dential services for the disabled in Edmonton.

Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled Group Home Project

A proposed group home for physically disabled young adults, 16-30 years of age, who require attendance with at least 50% of their daily living needs is in the construction stage. It is designed to accommodate eight people and emphasizes all aspects of Conventional regularized living habits regarding the occupants prerogatives for personal privacy or group participation within the home, neighborhood and community. It is to be devoid of medical or institutional connotations. Capitol costs for the projects have been provided through a bequest of the Milton E. Elves Estate. Operating costs are to be met through contributions of the residents for room and board and through a per diem rate to be provided 'by Division of Services for the Handicapped. The home is to be staffed on a 24 hour basis to meet the physical needs of residents. It is to be located in the McQueen neighborhood.

Pineview Residence (Edmonton Rehabilitation Society) 8770 - 165 Street 489-5253 and 489-1591

Pineview Residence is a room and board living situation in a multiple dwelling (capacity 48) for any disabled individual who has need of an "initial screening" type of residential facility. Residents are expected to do their own personal laundry, light housekeeping and participation in cooking weekend meals. Residents must be independent in self-care, mobile and require nominal supervision and direction. This is a step in possible continuum of residential services toward independent living. The residential program at Pineview began in January, 1970 and is presently serving 41 people. The program is open to the physically and mentally handicapped, the socially, intellectually, and emotionally handicapped men and women of Northern Alberta. There are currently 13 physically handicapped adults in the residence representing the following disabilities: cerebral palsy (5), polio (1), spinal cord defect (1), Cerebral vascular accident (1), orthopedic disorder (1), respiratory disorder (1), epilepsy (2) and other brain defects (1).

- 95 The residence is geared to the functionally independent person, prerequisites for admission are: - independence in daily self-care - mobility (stairs in building) - cooperative toward areas of individual responsiblity routines - require minimal supervision and direction - involvement in Rehabilitation program The residence is geared to clients 16 years and over and the age range presently served is between 17 and 72 years. Group meetings are held to involve the residents in planning and implementing changes, using group problem solving techniques. Some of the "fringe benefits" to the residents have been an increased social confidence, increased ability to realte to a variety of people in group situations, and planning of recreational activities. Assessment is required prior to admission. It consists of formal intake procedures common to all adult programs - including social, educational, occupational history; medical; assessment of level independence; in some doubtful cases, decision for residence is delayed until the 20 day vocational assessment has been completed. The intake worker, the Residence Administrator, and the Director of Rehabilitation and Residence decide on the admission of a client to the program. There is a measurement of the progress of a client, however there are no formalized evaluation procedures presently in use. This area is under review. Measurement now consists of weekly meetings with the Residence Administrator and supervisors. Residents take public transportation to and from the residence building; when required, Handi-Bus is used to transport clients to the rehabilitation programs at the main Centre. The Department of Health and Social Development pay for this service. A client's readiness to "graduate" from the program is determined by staff discussion related to the client's needs and his/her state of readniness foT the next step; the decision of the client is respected. There are several alternatives available to clients when they leave the program. They may move into an apartment, a boarding home or move in with relatives, etc. Follow-up of a client is not specifically done in the residence situation - but it is provided in relation to programs the client is on in the Rehabilitation Centre. Follow-up is continued depending on a client's needs. It'could be one month to two or more years. Usually there is a waiting list (for males). Clients are taken on a first came first served basis, although priority needs for the rehabilitation program are given consideration. There are approximately two men in the waiting list at present and they ,usually will not have to wait more than one or two months for admission. Staff consists of five people: 1 residence Administrator, 2 redisence Supervisors, 1 cook, 1 cook's assistant.

-9( Rehabilitation staff members may attend any existing training programs in the community for ongoing development. Policy for the program is set by the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society Board and staff. Pineview residence is leased from the Provincial Government on an annual basis for a nominal sum. There are no specific program funds received; rent revenue ($110/month - room and board) covers operating expenses. The proposed budget for 1975 is $70,000.00 (cost of operation The average length of time for an individual in the program is approximately six months to one year. A deficit is anticipated for this fiscal year. The Edmonton Rehabilitation Society will cover the deficit. Clients are referred from social workers, hospitals, schools, psychiatrists, Community Nursing, other agencies and as self-referrals. Progress is reported to a referring agency by a vocational assessment report. This is done by direct communication by phone or in a meeting. All clients in the residence are referred to the appropriate Rehabilitation program; to family physicians re: specific needs - weight reduction, epilepsy. All past psychiatric residents are followed by Community Nursing. Clients may also be referred to the Glenrose for speech therapy, and to the Misericordia Hospital for emergencies. Problems seen: The respondent felt that because the residence is not funded as a "program" that it seriously affects the type of job that they can do with limited resources (room and board money). It was felt that resource wise, there is a need for expansion in the program, because if they continue without adequate staff, they are limited in the effectiveness and value of the residence. Unmet problems facing the physically disabled in the City, according to the respondent, are: transportation to meet the needs of clients on work programs, access to 7 uildings re: employment; adequate housing; adequate training opportunities; methods to increase mobility of the unemployed; independence training. 08/74

Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta 10325 - 83 Avenue 433-9201 Hours: Monday to Friday, 9:00 - 4:00

The Handicapped Housing Society was founded in August of 1972, when it came to their attention that there was a great need for an alternative type of housing for those physically disabled presently living in nursing homes and auxiliary hospitals. The Society is dedicated to creating new housing and to attempt to improve the life styles of the physically disabled in all related areas, e.g. employment, transportation, legislation, etc. The Housing Society is presently conducting a program study on a housing complex for the physically disabled which is expected to become a

-97reality in the near future. In addition, the Housing Society is involved in attempts to bring about a public transportation system for the handicapped of Edmonton. Other activities of the Society include day to day assistance in housing needs and the administration of the Ability Fund Drive. A business office is maintained at the above address. Staff consists of four people: 1 coordinator, 1 housing consultant, 1 staff member - working in areas of employment relating to potential residents of the proposed housing complex, and 1 secretary. The Society has 62 volunteers involved in the program. Volunteers work on specific projects (e.g. employment, recreation, transportation and administration committees) as each relates to the potential residents of the housing development. The Society is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is registered as a charitable organization for fund raising purposes. It is primarily concerned with local problems and is affiliated with the Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled. Through its administration of the Ability Fund Drive, the Housing Society assists in sponsoring: Edmonton Social Services for the Disabled; Alberta Committee of Action Groups for the Disabled; and Handicapped Forum. Financial support comes from three sources: the Ability Fund Drive (30%), Provincial sources (65%) and Federal sources (5%). The gross expenditures for last years operations was $25,960.00 (L.I.P.). The Housing Charrette (a special project) expenditures of $10,000.00 were financed by the Department of Health and Social Development. Membership fees are $1.00 per year and the current size of the membership is 175. Membership is open to anyone who is interested. All input into the Society activities comes directly from the members. Of the 175 members, 174 are physically disabled and 1 is not (resource person). Meetings are held once a month in the Good Samaritan Auxiliary Hospital. The workings of the Society are publicized by the mailing out of information packs to the membership. This information is available to other agencies through the Interagency Council for the Handicapped. The Society refers people to the Department of Health and Social Development, Edmonton Social Services for the Disabled, V.O.N., Up-John, 06/74 Home Care, etc.

Access Housing Program Study (Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta) 10325 - 83 Avenue 433-9201 Access Housing is a study conducted over a seven-month period to attempt to bring to reality some of the recommendations laid down by

- 9'8 the 155 handicapped persons who attended a charrette held in April, 1973. The main recommendation was to construct a housing development that would serve as an alternative to the present nursing home and auxiliary hospital concept of housing for the physically disabled. The housing study involved the prospective tenants throughout its entirety, with the use of newsletters and periodic review meetings. The end result being a detailed program complete with architectural drawings and ready for presentation to the Government funding agencies. The anticipated commencement of construction is early 1975. Access Housing will serve all the physically handicapped as well as non-handicapped persons. It will be geared to individuals sixteen years and over. Through participati-rt in the study, "fringe benefits" have resulted. A noticeable change of attitude has occured--a determination by the potential residents to control their own lifestyles. As assessment of a resident will be required prior to admission, it will be done by an admissions committee consisting of one member of the Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta, one from the Department of Health and Social Development and one independent. The study involved individuals from Metropolitan Edmonton. Residents may "graduate" from phase A (development in University area) to Phase B (development in suburbs) or directly into the community. The individual will make this decision himself. A waiting list of fifteen people exists already. Priorities for acceptance have yet to be set up by the admissions committee. The residents set the policy for the program. The handicapped have complete control of the program, with assistance coming from the Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta. The study was funded by three sources: Department of Health and Social Development - $10,000.00; Community Mental Health Services $10,000 and the City of Edmonton - $4,000.00. Information about the program will be transmitted to other agencies and concerned people through the publication called "Access Housing" to be distributed throughout the Province. Problems seen: The respondent indicated that a problem exists already in the program. There will be an insufficient number of units available and the program will probably have to be evaluated before more will be built. This program will only serve sixty-five persons and there are many more wasting away in nursing homes and auxiliary hospitals, or in private housing completely unsuitable. One of the unmet problems facing the physically disabled is the need for a total involvement of the physically handicapped in programs and agencies working on behalf of the handicapped; not just the tokenism which presently exists. 08/74

99 5.

Public Housing, Edmonton Housing Authority 10046 - 106 Street 424-3137

The program provides housing at rents geared to the income of tenants. Housing is developed and owned by the three levels of Government and operated by the Edmonton Housing Authority. The public housing is a rental program aimed at providing families of low to moderate income with decent accommodations at a fair price. The families need for housing is determined in relation to rents and the availability of suitable accommodation on the private market. The program was initiate. in April, 1970 and is at present serving 1450 families. The program can be expanded based on the need for housing. 14 specially designed units for the handicapped are included in the program. Any type of handicapped person can be served by the housing units. Partially or completely dependent handicapped people could benefit from the program if they had a support person living with them. All ages are served and emphasis is placed on serving families as a whole. The Housing Authority tries to influence property standards, they support good housing legislation and offer an indirect form of rent control by giving lower income families Am alternative to market housing. The benefits from this program to the client are: more spendable income, social involvement, a stable environment and referral to necessary social services. The placement staff conducts an assessment of the client by means of an application form, an interview and in some cases a home visit. The staff and Edmonton Housing Authority Board decide on admission. Need for adequate housing is the only criteria for admission to the program. The progress of the client is measured every two years in the form of income level and assests assessment. The geographic area served is all of Edmonton. The clients must have resided in Edmonton for six months to be eligible for the program. If income increases beyond the allowable maximum the client returns to the open housing market. 600 applications are on the waiting list at present. The most urgent applications are served first. The time a client will normally have to wait to be accepted into the program is from several weeks to three or four months. Staff consists of 15 people, 2 placement officers, 1 tenant advisor and 12 maintenance staff. Staff are oriented toward the problems of low income families and are encouraged to attend workshops relating to this field. Volunteers are used in the Tenant Advisory committee and the Tenant Associations; about 250 people are involved in this area. The Edmonton Housing Authority sets the policy for the entire program and the tenants set the policy within the individual projects through their associations. The units are funded by the three levels of Government and the rentals from units. The balance of funds is forwarded to the Government on a yearly basis. The budget varies with the number of units in operation. Clients are referred from various sources like social service agencies, friends, doctors, etc. Information regarding the client's family size, income and occupation is required at time of application. On request, the progress of the client is reported to the referring agent. The Housing Authority refers clients to various agencies like the

- 100 Social Services Department, psychiatric services, Provincial Welfare, University Counselling services, legal aid, Alberta Vocational Center and Day Care agencies. Information about this program can be obtained by letters, brochures and the administrator will meet with agencies to discuss the program. Problems seen: The respondent feels that not enough housing units are available at present and that there should be a reater show of demand for handicapped housing units so that the Housing Authority can plan for more units in the future. 07/74

OTHER SERVICES

West 10 Parent Relief Program for Handicapped Children (West 10) 12225 - 105 Avenue 482-6511

This is a three month pilot project to provide parental relief and subsidized babysitting for two evenings per month and one weekend in the three months program. West 10 subsidizes half of the cost for ten families (eleven children). Anything over and above, parents pay the full amount. The range of their children's disabilities vary from 2 cerebral palsy, 7 mentally retarded, 1 cerebral palsy and mentally retarded and 1 unknown. Several of the children have severe and frequent seizures. A very important part of the program is the training course for the babysitters, using material from the Edmonton Safety Council as well as some practical experience in the handicapped children's homes. The program initiated in May, 1974 was geared to six families but 10 showed a need and were accommodated. Because of the extra five children (four families), the project may run out of funds. Clients must live in the West 10 area and have a handicapped child in order to gain admission to the program. It is geared to all levels of physical functioning. Most of the children, however, are completely dependent and the others are partially dependent. There is no set age range and those boys and girls presently served are between the ages of 3 and 16 years. Assessment consists of an informal talk with the parents and it is the parents themselves who decide if they want to be a part of the program. Staff consists of 15 people; 10 regular babysitters and 5 floaters. As well as the initial training course, the sitters get together and discuss their work and any problems they may have encountered. The parents and staff make up the Advisory Board for the program. The program is funded half by the Area Council and half by the parents. Their budget is $300.00 since they have taken more families

-101into the program than was originally planned, they will try to get further funding from the Area Council or from Services for the Handicapped. Original names of families for the program came from the Handicapped Registry, from agencies serving the handicapped, and from personal staff contact with handicapped families. Information about the babysitting service was transmitted to other agencies and concerned people through brochures. Problems seen: One of the problems that arose in the program is the financial arrangement between West 10 and the babysitters who must bill West 10 each time they babysit. It is inconvenient and the sitter must wait to be paid. Also the sitters may want to babysit more often. The respondent felt that there were a lack of support systems for keeping children in the home. She wished to see an all out campaign 06/74 to inform the public about the handicapped and their needs.

Homemaker Service Program (Family Service Association of Edmonton) 9919 - 106 Street 424-4161

Trained homemakers support dependent children in their own homes during the absence or illness of a mother. Increasingly, demands are being made upon homemaker service to assist individuals and families regain adequate levels of functioning following mental illness. Late in 1973 an organized Home Care Program became available. Homemaker service contracted with that program to provide services to prevent hospitalization and allow for early discharge from hospital. Homemaker Service was initiated in 1948. In the past year 428 families received 6,637 days of Homemaker Service and this provided care for 979 children. Assessment is required prior to admission in the program and the counsellor in charge decides on admission. Progress is measured at the termination of service to a client. The program serves Metropolitan Edmonton. Service is terminated when the client no longer needs the service. Staff consists of 43 people; 3 counsellors and 40 homemakers. The Family Service Association of Edmonton Board sets the policy for the program. The program is funded by Preventive Social Services (73%), from fees (20%), and from the United Way (7%). The budget of the program for 1973 was $153,824.00. 06/74

-102-

Household Handyman (West Edmonton Social Task Force) 482-6902 12225 - 105 Avenue

The Household Handyman is designed to do minor house and home repairs and home duties for senior citizens and those who are physically disabled and for those who cannot afford the price of having someone come to do it at market costs. Among the things that can be done are fixing of leaking taps, minor elect ical repairs, fixing steps and railings, replacing storm windows and screens, yard work but not on a regular basis. The program started in January of 1973 and has terminated in August, 1974. The program served mainly senior citizens but a number of physically handicapped persons were served. Clients who are served must live in the West 10 area. If a person is renting accommodation, it is expected that the landlord will take care of those things that are necessary. The Household Handyman is designed for homeowners, those who can't afford to have it done otherwise. There was frequently a waiting list for service and at times this was of three weeks duration. Emergencies were looked after immediately; other things were looked after on a first come first served basis. The staff for the program consisted of 1 coordinator and 1 handyman. The cost of the program was $500.00 per month. There were no costs involved to the receiver of the service.

Meals-on-Wheels (Victorian Order of Nurses) 482-5467 #307, 10240 - 124 Street

Meals-on-Wheels began in April 1969 and their goal is to improve the nutritional status of individuals in their home, to enable them to stay there and live as independently as possible. They serve the City of Edmonton. Meals-on-Wheels provides a hot noon meal, Monday through Friday, Special diets are provided such as diabetic, salt free, bland, minced, fat free, as well as the regular meals. Individuals are eligible for service providing the following conditions are met. Aperson receiving service must: a) live in the area served; b) have no one in the household able to prepare his meals; c) be unable to prepare adequate meals himself; d) be housebound but able to feed himself; e) have available resources for the provision of meals on weekends and holidays; and f) be unable to afford to have prepared or delivery from private sources. The program is presently serving approximately 150 to 170 men and women. Physical and emotional handicaps as well as "normals" are served. Service is not given to those that are unable to feed themselves. Meals-on-Wheels is geared to all ages; it is now serving those between the ages of 3 and 94 years of age.

-103If a client is referred by Home Care or V.O.N. nurses, no assessment is necessary. Otherwise, assessment would consist of a short visit to decide if a person requires meals and to explain the program to them. Measurement of progress (or regression) is measured informally when it is necessary. Cost to clients effective July 1st, 1974 is $1.20 maximum for each meal, (a sliding scale is used). The recipient and Preventive Social Services pays for the service. At times when a waiting list occurs, clients are served on a first come first served basis. There are five people currently on the list. They may have to wait anywhere from a few days to a few weeks. Volunteers are used extenStaff consists of one paid member. sively as: area convenors (four for the City), day captains (10), drivers and servers, volunteer assessors, volunteer office workers, etc. Input by the recipient and families affects the type of meals and the quality. Volunteer assessors influence the type of persons served and the Volunteer Advisory Committee affects the pmlicy and procedure of the program. The program is funded from three sources: 1) Preventive Social Services - $18,581.00; 2) donations, individual and services groups $300.00; and 3) fees from recipients - $52,000.00. Total budget of the agency is $334,279.00 and budget for Meals-on-Wheels is $70,881.00. Clients are referred from physicians, social workers, hospitals, physiotherapists, psychologists, psychiatrists, family friends, ministers, relatives, priests, community workers, public health nurses, V.O.N. nurses, etc. Information such as name, address, telephone number, age, doctor, next of kin, diet, financial status, reason for service, are all required. If requested, progress is reported back to a referring agent. Information about Meals-on-Wheels is transmitted to other agencies by brochures, radio, newspapers, etc. Problems seen: The respondent feels that the securing of an adequate number of volunteers to meet the need is a problem. There is a need for expansion in the program in all areas of the City, to enable more people to be served. 05/74 See also Visiting Nursing

Community Resource Centre (Edmonton Rehabilitation Society) 8770 - 165 Street 489-1591

In February, 1974, the staff of the "Adult Activity Centre" held a workshop to develop new criteria, purpose and direction for the program. At the same time, they gave the centre a new name - the

-104"Community Resource Centre". The Community Resource Centre serves the mentally, physically and emotionally handicapped adults from the ages of 16 to 50. The goal of the program is to promote each individual's developmental process towards basic independence and community integration through meaningful and appropriate experiences and social skills. The ideal result of the program is for the clients to move on to a higher level of functioning and enter other programs at the Edmonton Rehabilitation Center. However, it must be recognized that this is not always possible. There are 86 people presently served in the program and 10 of these are physically disabled, 49 are mentally retarded and 27 have emotional problems. The program is geared to the functionally independent individual. There are a limited number of partially dependent people accepted in this program. Prerequisites for admission to the program are: a reasonable degree of mobility, capable of responding appropriately to communication, capable of sufficient independence in areas of self-care (e.g. able to feed oneself and use washroom). An improvement toward better family/client relationships has resulted from participation in the program. Assessment is required prior to admission and this is done by the Rehabilitation Assessment Program. The supervisor of the centre is responsible for acceptance of a client to the program. The client must also meet the following criteria: disabled person whose needs cannot be satisfied in other existing programs for such reasons as: inability to tolerate stress, pressure, a full working day, etc. productivity insufficient to justify a regular wage level, inadequate job preparation resulting in a lack of marketable skills. Progress of a client is measured by weekly and monthly reports. They will have a graphic measurement to go by in the future as they will be using the Adaptive Functioning Index. Clients use the E.T.S. or Handi-Bus as a means of transportation, and this is paid by the Rehabilitation Society and the DeparLment of Health and Social Development. Informal follow-up is done to check and see how a client is doing. If someone doesn't come back they check and find out why. Staff consists of five people: 1 program supervisor, 1 counsellor, 1 technician, and 2 home economists. Staff orientation consists of a general outline of the whole program and residence, a full description of program control, goals, and a description of duties and responsibilities. The Board from the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society sets the policy for the program.

-105 The program is funded by the Provincial Government. The budget of the Community Resource Centre is $100,000.00. Clients are referred from physicians, social workers, families and friends, community workers, Workers Compensation Board, etc. A medical report from the client's doctor and an official admission form is required from the referring agent. Progress is reported back in some cases. Problems seen: The respondent felt that funding and the need for more staff were their main problems. Unmet p/oblems or needs facing the physically handicapped were: 1) need for community and social acceptance by "normal" members of the community. 2) employment difficult to find. 3) a lack of accommodation due to poor social acceptance. 07/74 6.

Pax Natura Ranch, Cross of Christ Lutheran ' Church for the Deaf 11460 - 60 Avenue 434-1671

This is a rehabilitation program for deaf dropouts from society who have been institutionalized. A "ranch" camp is operated to get the deaf out of institutions into a non-pressured environment. Other aims of the program are to help the deaf to communicate better with other deaf. A farm type environment is offered with a sense of working and accomplishment for themselves. The environment is designed for the deaf and aims to drain off some of their anger into some constructive use. The program began in 1973 and is serving ten male deaf people aged 16-67 who are functionally independent. People in this program must be deaf or unemployed and in need of rehabilitation. The goal of the program is to provide rehabilitation through acceptance back with his peers. Reverend Bauer assesses the client prior to admission and he decides on admission also. A daily log is kept on the progress of the client. The area served is Alberta. Through consultation with client and staff it is determined when the client is ready to graduate from the program. After that he will hopefully go into employment or training. Follow-up is done in the form of visits in all cases. 60 people are on the waiting list at present with the neediest being served first. Staff consists of three counsellors and six volunteers are used as counsellors also. Funds are provided by the Quota Club. The budget of the program is $70,560.00. The cost per individual per month is $360.00, which the client does not have to pay. Clients are referred by doctors, social workers, hospitals, psychiatrists and training institutions. As much information as is available is required from the referring agent. Problems seen: There is a lack of staff and a need to have a program of this kind for female deaf people. 07/74

-1067.

Crisis Unit (Department of Health and Social Development) 10010 - 105 Street 429-1407

The Crisis Unit is an emergency section of the Department of Health and Social Development. They provide accommodations, meals, transportation if so required. They serve all people, not necessarily just the handicapped. If someone requires assistance or a place to stay, this is provided until an appropriate agency can take over the next day. There is no counselling done and involvement is minimal. As stated above, they are an emergency service in the community. 05/74

-107-

SPECIAL NEEDS OF CHILDREN

This section describes those services which are offered to children particularly through the Child Welfare Act of Alberta. There are a considerable number of additional services offered in the community for children which are described through out the report. No attempt has been made to consolidate them; the age range served by the individual programs are generally limited as part of that description.

Handicapped Childrens Services (Child Welfare Branch, Department of Health and Social Development) Centennial Mall, 170 St. & Stony Plain Road

487-3440

The Child Welfare Branch exists to meet the varied needs. of, those parents and children in the Province of Alberta who, for some reason, require the assistance of an outside agency to help them resolve their problems. The Director of the Child Welfare Branch, receives authority under the Child Welfare Act to intervene and take action on behalf of children whose well being is not assures and provision is made for the Director to delegate his authority to social workers to act in his stead. The Act also provides the authority to finance the adminsitration of such services and for the necessary care so provided the children. Because the needs of families and children are complex and manifold, many child welfare programs have been established. While these various programs relate to specific service areas, all are inter-related and complementary to each other because each deals with the family which must be approached as a total entity or unit. The kinds of programs and services provided by the Child Welfare Branch include: - Custody by Agreement - Apprehension and Protection in Child Neglect - Temporary Wardship and Children under Supervision - Permanent Wardship - Services to Young Offenders - Placement of Children with Special Needs - Foster. Home Services and Supervision - Services to Children in Care - Services to Unwed Mothers - Surrender and Indenture - Adoptions (1) Most children are best cared for in their natural family setting and most parents desire to care for their own children. It is thus the Department's prime responsibility to assist in maintaining the family as a healthy functioning unit. (2) Parents have the responsiblity to meet the needs of their children and have the right to do so in their own way. However, children as well, have their rights to opportunities and resources to meet their needs.

-108(3) The Department will not interfere until every resource in the community has been explored and every attempt is made to solve the problem at a local community level. (4) When the family and the community have failed to adequately meet the needs of children, the Department has the responsibility to intervene on behalf of the children and also, in some instances, for the protection of the community. (5) Any situation must be interpreted and acted on in the context of the social environment in which it occurs. Under the present legislation, the Director of Child Welfare is responsible to ensure the proper care and supervision of all children, inclusive of all handicapped children. Definitions, Functions, and Uses A handicapped child is defined as a person below the age of 18 who, because of a physical or mental condition, or a combination of both, is not able to function under the welfare and/or training services provided for the general population, or a person under the age of 18 whose parents are unable to provide the services required by the child because of special emotional, mental or physical needs of the child. Therefore, Section 35 of the Child Welfare Act provides a means for the Director of Child Welfare to assume full or partial financial responsibility for the special needs of such children or to provide special custodial care without the necessity of apprehension and court proceedings. The written agreement between the Director of Child Welfare and the parent(s) or legal guardian(s) and the Department of Child Welfare may provide for the handicapped child in the following ways: (a) care or (b) care with custody or (c) care with custody and control or (a) care with supervision or (e) may simply provide whatever financial assistance required, to meet the special personal needs of the child to enable the parents/guardians to properly maintain the child with special needs, within the family home unit. The Child Welfare Branch ways and means of providing these services to children may be initiated through the following instruments of services: (1) An Agreement for Services to Handicapped Children: By consultation with and in full agreement and consent by the parent/guardian, of a child (who is afflicted with a chronic physical, mental or emotional condition)--the Director of Child Welfare is enabled to financially provide such items of need, comfort and support to the child as may be prescribed or deemed necessary by competent authority and/

or recommendations, which sustain the best interests of the child and family unit. (2) Custody by Agreement: Custody by Agreement necessitates a written agreement between the Director of Child Welfare (or someone authorized to act on his behalf under Section 6 of the Child Welfare Act) under the following conditions: An agreement may be signed between the Director and the legal parent(s) of a child, only in the event--A.--There is no element of wilful neglect in the family situation, but where there is necessitous circumstances, illness or other misfortune. B.--The parents or guardians are anxious to remain in the family picture and have no desire whatever to divest themselves of parental responsibilities. The situation may be of a temporary or long term nature, e.g.: (a) To provide care for a child requiring institutionalization for specific treatment and where the parents are willing to cooperate completely in the treatment program. (b) To provide (temporary) care for a child whose parent requires hospitalization or other treatment services and where the placement of a homemaker in the home is not indicated, or where there are no relatives capable of assisting temporarily. (c) To provide temporary care for a child who requires placement outside of his home and residential area while receiving treatment. (d) When apart from the cannot be used plans to leave

the parent or guardian plans to relocate in an area regional office and child (the program definitely when the parent is outside of the Province or Alberta).

NOTE 1. Under this program, the Director assumes custody of the child, not guardianship. 2. The parent or the Director may terminate the agreement at any time, if the parent so wishes and is able to have the child returned. 3. If at all possible, without jeopardizing the care of other family members, the parent/guardian(s) are encouraged to share in the financial responsibility of such care-costs although this is not mandatory. (3) Child Protection and Apprehension: The term "protection services", is used to describe a major Departmental function and responsibility, is an all inclusive term that is much broader than the apprehension of children and the court procedures involved in removing custody and guardianship from the parents. Protection services include counselling services provided fnr the parents, the variety

-110-

of financial assistance programs and the broad array of community services including preventive counselling resources that can be drawn upon to assist and help the parents or parents care for their own children in their own home. The Department's philosophy dictates that only after every resource and every avenue of help has been explored will it be used. Temporary Wardship: - is granted when the district court decides that an apprehended child should be removed, temporarily, from the custody of his parents while a social worker deals with the family in an attempt to ensure that the child can return to a satisfactory family situation. Temporary wardship can vary from a term of three months up to one year, depending on the situation, and can be renewed up to a maximum of three years, at which time, the child must either be returned to his family or, if this is inadvisable the agency must make application to the court for permanent wardship. Permanent Wardship: - when and where it becomes apparent that a child can no longer function within a family, the agency will apprehend him or take whatever steps are necessary to ensure his protection. Permanent wardship may then be granted by a court decision immediately following apprehension (or after a period of temporary wardship). (4) The Special Placement Program: assists children in care, who are in difficulty due to emotional and/or behavior problems, by providing placements in residential treatment facilities. These facilities consist of a spectrum of services ranging from large, complex institutions to small community based group homes. While some facilities are administered by the Department, others are contracted and a few are paid a per diem rate for their services. Placements into and between all centres must be approved by the Child Welfare Referral Committee. Consideration for the placement of any child in an institution must be undertaken with careful thorough planning. Although these specialized resources are able to assist children in difficulty, removal of the child from the community generally poses some dangers. It.is vital, therefore, that there be a strong commitment to the meeting of the needs of children in difficulty, by the exploration and employment of community alternatives prior to seeking institutional care. To these ends therefore, and relative to the commitment of the Provincial Government to give emphasis on a priority of services to all handicapped persons, a special "Division of Services to the Handicapped" has been created whose directorate and staff will work on an individual community based level, to make available and/or develop such programs as may be required in the continuation of needs, of various categories of handicapped persons. 07/74 (See section on Planning and Coordination)

-1112.

Rosecrest Home (Department of Health and Social Development Homes & Institutions Branch) 476-5494 10205 - 134 Avenue

In April 1964, Rosecrest Home was taken over by the Department of Welfare. The purpose of Rosecrest Home in order of priority is as follows: 1 - Mecal Holds: children up to two years of age being held for foster home placement until certain medical problems and assessments are cleared. 2 - View to Adoption: The home serves as an adoption service center on a Province wide basis and particularly for the Northern Region. Babies placed for adoption are often transferred to Rosecrest where they can be "matched" with their adoptive parents.

3 - Babies apprehended by the Crisis Unit of Edmonton North Regional Office - usually neglected or abandoned. Most would go to foster homes providing medical assessment. 4 - Babies up to two years old who are retarded/or physically handicapped. 5 - Because of need, children two to five years have been placed at Rosecrest. These are inappropriate as Rosecrest should not provide long term care with provision for family living and education. Since Rosecrest was taken over in 1964, approximately 250 mentally and physically handicapped boys and girls have been served. There are 58 children being served at the present. The physically and mentally handicapped, the emotionally disturbed, and "normal" children, are all served. The only prerequisite is that they are wards of the Government. All disabilities and all levels of physical functioning are accepted. While the program is geared to newborns to two years old, it is presently serving newborns to children five years of age. The goal of the program is to maximize the adoption potential of children assessed; physically, mentally and emotionally. The admission of a child to the program is decided upon by the Supervisor of the Foster Home Unit, Department of Health and Social Development. Measurement of progress is by a nurses observation of the medical, physical and emotional state of the child. The program serves all of Alberta with Northern Alberta as a geographic priority. As soon as a child is ready for foster home care, or he/he becomes too old (four years), they "graduate" from the program. They may go to a foster home, to an adoptive home or to other institutions. Follow-up of the child is done when a child leaves Rosecrest. There is a waiting list for admission to Rosecrest. It varies from day to day, and at present there are three or four children waiting to be admitted to the home.

-112 Staff at Roeeorest Home consists of 55 people; 10 nurses, 26 institutional aides, 3 relief staff, 1 seamstress, 1 clerk-typist, 3 laundry workers, 1 cook, 2 kitchen helpers. Parents contribute financially to a childs care and all children have a social worker at the Department of Health and Social Development who are responsible for medical appointments, transfers, etc. The home is funded by the Department of Health and Social Development (foster care unit) - South Edmonton Regional Office. Rosecrest wishes all medical and social history, and the reason for the request for placement. Written progress reports are sent to referral agents upon request. Rosecrest refers children to the Alberta Mental Health Services Clinic, to the Glenrose and to other medical specialists as required. Problems seen: The respondent felt that there is a lack of alternative facilities to transfer children to. Also there is a great need for summer relief staff. Unmet problems facing the handicapped are: the need for residential accommodation, the need for public education, the need for more school facilities and trained staff. 06/74

Zoie Gardner "Children's Home" 12925 - 122 Street 455-5795 Hours: 24hrs./day 365 days/year

The Zoie Gardner "Children's Home", founded in 1945, provides foster care for handicapped children and a room and board situation for adults. This is a privately run home. Generally, children with severe emotional or behavior problems are accommodated, some of these also being mentally of physically handicapped. All are children who because of severe behavior problems, cannot be handled by their natural or foster parents. Emergency cases are accepted as well as occasionally taking a child for a short time in order to provide parental relief. Ms. Gardner provides support and encouragement, in a secure home environment, giving each child an opportunity to develop self-discipline, to help him realize his potential so that he can take his place in the community. She also provides accommodation in an adjacent house, which she owns, so that they can return to visit, take training for work, or just renew their resources. Usually there is extra help available from the young people who return. Most important it is a place to call home. Since 1945, there have been approximately 200 children served by Ms. Gardner. At present there are ten children and four adults in the homes. The only prerequisite is that an adult must be capable of minimal supervision. The program is open to all ages. In the children's home they range from 9 to 18 years and in the adult home they range from 19 to 33 years of age. The children's home is open to boys and girls but it is preferred that those in the adult home be of the same sex.

The goal of the program is for the person to become independent and to satisfy themselves with their own accomplishments. There is no assessment required as it is the doctor, social worker or parents who decide on the placement of a child. The social workers check back on the progress of each child. Most of the children finish the program eventually and move on to something suitable. However, the children and Miss Gardner keep in touch by letter or visits. At present there is only one child on the waiting list and it is difficult to say when a vacancy will arise. The home is run by Ms. Gardner with the assistance of one cookhousekeeper. The program is funded by the Provincial Government and the Government of the Northwest Territories (for persons who are their respective responsibilities). The cost per individual in the program varies from $2.35 to $3.00 per day to $6.00 per day. Children are referred to the home by the Department of Health and Social Development (Child Welfare Branch), doctors, private placements, the Northwest Territories and the Indian and Northern Affairs Department. 03/74 4.

Foster Care Unit Department of Health and Social Development 10455 - 80 Avenue . 433-4411 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:15 - 4:30

The unit was initiated in December, 1973. Before this time, foster care was done by any social worker and there was no special unit in charge. In this unit special attention is paid to the foster parent, because in order to provide a good home environment for the children, good foster homes must be found and assessed. The main goal, however, is still good child care in any foster home. This unit is concerned with both foster parents and the child; this concern has led to the development of a new training program. The unit handles an estimated 1300 children at present, of which about half have some kind of handicap. No type of handicap is turned down. The goal of the program is to provide a good temporary home environment to the children in care. An assessment is conducted by the Department of Health and Social Development in the form of a health certificate and an application form completed by a social worker. A tri-monthly contact is maintained with the foster home to measure the client's progress. The area served is Edmonton and surrounding counties. After completing the program the child goes to his natural parents or an institution. Staff consists of 12 people; unit supervisor, coordinators and foster care workers. Funds are provided by the Provincial Government. Clients are referred by a Court decision. A close contact is maintained with almost any agency. Information about this program is available through the news media and personal contact. Problems seen: The respondent felt a great need for more skilled foster parents for the handicapped. 05/74

-1145.

Lamoureaux Children's Home Box 666, Fort Saskatchewan

1-543-3298

Lamoureaux Children's Home provides a home like atmosphere for young children aimed at teaching them basic self-care (e.g. feeding and toilet training) so that they can be acceptable for foster home placement. Both retarded and physically handicapped children who are not acceptable for foster home placement are acceptable. Children under six years of age are preferred and children under 10 years of age are acceptable. Present enrollment is 11 children, (total capacity is 12). 100 of these children are mentally handicapped. All referrals are made through the Child Welfare Branch, Department of Health and Social Development. Children who are not placed in foster homes remain at Lamoureaux until they are 9-10 years of age when alternative placement must be found, such as institutionalization. 09/74

Children's Wing - Convalescent Rehabilitation Unit Glenrose Hospital 10230 - 111 Avenue 474-5451 .

Limited facilities (4-8 beds) have been made available for retarded and severely physically disabled children and young adults to be admitted to the Convalescent-Rehabilitation Unit on a short term "compassionate basis". This provides the opportunity for parents who have been caring for their children at home to gain a period of relief for a vacation, or in some instances where the mother or parent requires hospitalization and arrangements for someone to care for the child cannot be made. This program is seen as a preventive mental health service for the parent. It is available primarily in the summer months. Application for admission to the program should be directed to the admissions committee of the hospital. All referrals must be by a physician. The usual period for admission is two to three weeks, and in exceptional situations this may extend to a month. Admission is contingent on several factors, the most important of which being whether space is available. If a child is admitted for compassionate reasons, it is expected that he will be returned to the home of his parents, unless other arrangements have been previously arranged by the parents or guardians. Extensive rennovations are planned to the Wing in the future. This service began in 1970, since that time there have been 152 admissions with many children being admitted more than once. Funds for operation are provided by the Alberta Hospital Services Commission on the basis of $65 per diem per patient. There are no costs to parents involved. Staff for the unit consist of a head nurse, staff nurses, certified nurseaids, certified ward aides. Supporting services are available from other departments within the hospital.

-115 -

VI.

EMPLOYMENT AND INCOME MAINTENANCE

Our society expects that an individual will provide for his own maintenance through employment. The disabled person is not different and his expectations are to provide for his own needs. There is, however, considerable difficulty for some disabled persons to undertake employment. The chronic health problem of the individual is not always the largest factor in determining employment or unemployment. The lack of adequate transportation facilities at an affordable price often makes employment for the disabled person uneconomic (see Section on Transportation). Many employers have their facilities in buildings which are unaccessible to the disabled precluding their employability by these employers. Many employers are not convinced of the abilities of the disabled person nor do they want the "added responsibilities" of employing a disabled person. Many employers require medical examination of potential employees and often the physical disability excludes a person from employment. It has been demonstrated that the disabled are capable of making significant contributions to our society through their employment (sometimes with the necessary rehabilitation and training). During the second world war, when manpower was in extremely short supply, many disabled persons were employed in industry. It is found that the fate of the disabled follows the general economic trend in that if labor is in short supply it is less difficlut for the disabled person to find employment; if labor is not in short supply it becomes more difficult. Handicapped persons with developed skills have less difficulty in obtaining employment; the unskilled, however, have an especially difficult problem. In Britain, it was found necessary to require employers having over a certain number of employees to hire a certain proportion of disabled persons. With the provision of an adequate transportation system for the disabled and the recent changes in the building code, employment may become more accessible. The 1951 Canada Sickness Survey provides some useful "though dated" information on employability and main source of income. Table 25 indicates that approximately 2,130 disabled people in Edmonton are unable to be employed and another 1,220 are unable to be fully employed (of those in the ages 18 to 64). Table 27 indicates that in Edmonton there are possibly less than a quarter of the severely disabled (between the ages of 18 and 64) whose main source of income is through employment. A more recent study in Alberta (1971) exarined the employment potential of 15 year olds whose names are in the files of the Handicapped Registry, this study indicated that over 30% should have no difficulty in seeking and maintaining employment (see Table 29). The 1972 research report titled "Research, Life - Styles of the Physically Disabled" indicates that from their survey results, 23.9% were persons who are employed full time, 7.7% were employed part time, and 1.1% were self-employed. (see Table 30)

-116There is, however, no information available on the numbers of disabled persons employed, or types of employment they are in, or what types of positions they hold. A study in 1972 by the Vocational and Rehabilitation Research Institute surveyed 876 employers in the Edmonton area. Out of these 584 indicated they were willing to hire disabled persons. (see Table 32) One employment service in Edmonton attempted to follow-up these leads but found that only about one in ten of those listed in the study as willing to hire the disabled were actually, when presented with a situation, willing to hire a disabled person. The 1970 study by Jean Ruth, Achievement Motivation: A follow-up study of Cerebral Palsy in Northern Alberta, indicated a considerable number of problems relating to the feasibility of hiring the physically disabled. Among the results of her interviews are the following: 1. Not many handicapped apply. 2. The employer must first consider the economics of the situation; he must hire the man best qualified for the job. 3. The employer must hire the man who can adapt to the present situation; he usually cannot afford to adapt the situation to the applicant. 4.The employer looks for productivity in terms of mobility, flexibility, transferability) safety, â&#x20AC;˘and geniality. Hence, the man who takes space, has to have work brought to him, has only one skill, has poor balance, and is socially, emotionally immature, is the last to be hired and the first to be laid off. 5. Union practices discourage hiring the slow producer because he earns the same minimum wage as the fast producer and competition pushes the slow producer out. 6. Union rules preclude the hiring of the safety hazard because of Workers Compensation regulations. 7. If the disability does not interfere with the job (particularly in a mechanized assembly line), the man is not considered "handicapped". 8. The work world does not create jobs to be humanitarian. This is a competitive society; the best equipped man is the one who is hired and promoted. Companies have to be profit-oriented to survive. 9. Companies make every effort to retain those employees who have become handicapped on the job. 10. Private enterprise would object strongly to legislatedla_ring practices (being required by law to hire a certain percentage of handicapped employees). 11. During periods of high unemployment, there is enough wslk-in traffic that hiring the handicapped need not be considered from the economic point of view.

-11712. When hiring the handicapped, attention must be given to the public and fellow employees, as well as the handicapped, himself. Physical appearance can destroy public relations, epileptic and deteriorating diseases "gnaw" on fellow employees, and less than minimum wages "destroy the soul". 13. Some of those handicapped who have been hired, particularly the blind, have performed well. Some have presented socio-emotional problems--have made excessive demands and have demonstrated immature behaviour. In other words, success varies, depending on the individual, not the handicap. 14. The attitude of a department concerning the handicapped stems from the head of that department. No information is presently available on the incomes of disabled persons. It is expected, however, that the cost of a large number of persons not employed that the average income would be quite low. It would be highly desirable to have more information on the income levels of disabled persons, where they are employed, what types of positions they hold, and how many are actually employed.

TABLE 25 EMPLOYMENT STATUS OF PHYSICALLY DISABLED IN 18-64 YEAR AGE GROUP CANADA 1951

EDMONTON 1971 CANADA

Severely or totally disabled persons, aged 18-64

EDMONTON

236,000

7,390

Unable to be employed at all

68,000

2,130

Unable to be fully employed

39,000

1,220

Housewives

73,000

2,280

Others, including employed, or seeking employment, at school, retired or not seeking employment

56,000

1,750

-118TABLE 26 EMPLOYMENT STATUS OF PHYSICALLY DISABUD CANADA

EDMONTON 1971

1951

CANADA

EDMONTON

All Severely or Totally Disabled Persons

423,000

13,240

Unable to be employed at all

134,000

4,190

55,000

1,720

111,000

3,470

Retired or not seeking employment

62,000

1,940

Others, including employed, seeking employment and at school

62,000

1,940

Unable to be fully employed Housewives

TABLE 27 MAIN SOURCE OF INCOME PERSONS AGED 18-64

CANADA

1951 AND FnMONTON 1971* EDMONTON

MAIN SOURCE OF INCOME

CANADA

Severely or totally disabled persons aged 18-64

236,000

7,390

Family

119,000

3,720

Employment

55,000

1,720

Other**

62,000

1,940

**Includes persons living on savings, Industrial and Public pensions, and certain Social Assistance payments.

- 119 TABLE 28 MAIN SOURCES OF INCOME FOR DISABLED PERSONS IN CANADA 1951 AND EDMONTON 1971

All Severely or totally disabled persons Family Public Pension Plan* Employment Other**

CANADA

EDMONTON

423,000

13,240

203,000 77,000 66,000 78,000

6,350 2,410 2,070 2,440

TABLE 29 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL OF FIFTEEN YEAR OLDS 1971 HANDICAPPED REGISTRY*** NUMBER

EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

PERCENT

Should have no difficulty in seeking and maintaining employment

30.9

Capable of being self-supporting if given special training

36.1

Low potential even if given special training

22.6

Unemployable (severely retarded, usually multiple handicaps)

5.2

Limited life expectancy due to handicap

5.2

229

100.0

TOTAL

Includes persons receiving old age pensions and blind pensions, war veteran's allowances, Workmen's Compensation, and mothers' allowance. ** Includes persons living on savings, Industrial pensions, and certain social assistance payments. *** Source: Quarterly Statistical Review, Alberta Health and Social Development July-September, 1973.

-120-

TABLE 30 EMPLOYMENT STATUS OF DISABLED PERSONS* (18 years of Age or Over) STATUS

NUMBER

PERCENT

Full Time

148

23.9

Part Time

7.7

Self Employed Unemployed Unemployable Retired Students (in training or apprentice) Not recorded TOTAL

1,1â&#x20AC;&#x201D; -

156

25.2

16.0

119

19.2

5.9

617

*Source: Research on the Life-Styles of the Physically Disabled

TABLE 31

EMPLOYABILITY OF SOME CEREBRAL PALSY PATIENTS*

AGE ......._

'EMPLOYED No.

POTENTIALLY -EMPLOYABLE No.

LOUBTFULLY EMPLOYABLE No. &

STILL IN SCHOOL No.

- UNEMPLOYABLE No.

INFORMATION INCOMPLETE No. &

TOTALS . , .. No.

16-2-

4 2.2

2 1.1

1 0.5

44 24.0

19.1

2 1.1

48,1

21-25

11 6.0

6 3.3

12 13.0

42 23.0

1 0.5

39.3

26-30

2 1.1

3 1.6

1 0.5

8,2

1 0.5

_23

12.6

183

TOTALS

1 57

0.5

15 92

*Source: Jean Ruth, 1970 A Follow-up Study of CerebralPalsy in Northern Alberta,

-122TABLE 32 EMPLOYERS IN EDMONTON AREA WILLING TO HIRE DISABLED* TOTAL

PERCENT

Forestry

Fishing and trapping

Mines Quarried and Oil Wells

Manufacturing

136

183

Construction

Transportation

247

368

100

108

155

584

876

WILLING TO HIRE Agriculture**

Trade - Rental and Wholesale Finance Community TOTAL

EMPLOYMENT SERVICES

Rehabilitation, Worker's Compensation Board 9912 - 107 Street 423-6343

The program offers rehabilitative counselling and job placement services when alternate employment is indicated .1.ue to injury. Worker's Compensation Board will consider academic, technical or training on the job programs where change of employment is necessary because of a compensable disability. They are working in cooperation with Government union organizations and other agencies interested in the rehabilitation of the handicapped. The program began in 1952 and is serving 5,433 people of all levels of functioning aged 16-76 years. The goal of the program is to reinstate an injured worker following accident to employment hopefully at equal or higher salary as before the accident. This is achieved through counselling, vocational training and financial assistance. A medical report is required on admission to the program. Rehabilitation counsellors fill out reports on the progress of the client. The area served is Alberta. The client finishes the program when he is ready to hold a job again. Staff consists of one director, two supervisors and seventeen counsellors. The Board sets policy for the program.

-123Funds come from the Worker's Compensation Board. The program uses as many funds as are needed. Clients can be referred by social workers, doctors, and psychiatrists. Information about this program is available through brochures and pamphlets. A medical report is required from the 06/74 referring agent.

Employment and Information Services (Edmonton Social Services for the Disabled) #10, 10015 - 82 Avenue 433-3022 or 439-1698 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

The Employment and Information Service was initiated in June 1972. Employment for the physically disabled adults consists of contacting potential employers, interviewing potential disabled clients, setting up interviews between employer and employee, employment placement, and follow-up with the employer and employee. As well, they dispense information re: housing, housekeeping, medical needs, education, volunteer services, etc. available to them in the community. A general registry of about 1,100 names is maintained as well as an employment registry of approximately 300 names. An important aspect of Edmonton Social Services for the Disabled is that their employees are all physically disabled. They feel that handicapped persons seeking employment (or help) can identify much better with a handicapped counsellor who has already overcome or faced these probelms. It is their policy, therefore, of favouring the hiring of physically disabled employees. All physical disabilities are served in the program, and it is geared to the functionally independent, 18 years of age and over. It is their aim to improve the lifestyles of the physically disabled by increasing the independence and dignity of the disabled through meaningful employment. Every potential employee is assessed through a personal interview and an application form. A progress file is kept on each client by the counsellor. Regular checks are made to see if the employee is fitting in with the job, etc. A client "finishes" the program when he or she achieves successful regular employment. Informal follow-up is done to alleviate or help solve any problems that might arise in the employer/employee relationships. Staff consists of four employment counsellors. The program is funded by a Government grant (75%) and by the Ability Fund (25%). Total budget for the agency is $45,000.00. Funding structure is expected to change in the next few years. Greater funding from the Ability Fund is expected and less from the Government, until

-126mind both the client's needs as well as the employers. The Society is presently serving 160 people per month and about 17% are physically disabled. All disabilities â&#x20AC;˘are served in the program, other than the completely dependent individual. The only prerequisite is that the client must be considered disadvantaged and referred with information of history etc. - from the referring agency; or the client may just 'dropin'. Edmonton City and metropolitan Edmonton are served in the program. The program is geared to men and women from 15 to 70 years of age. One of the "fringe benefits" resulting from a client's participation in the program has been a better understanding of all the services available to the client to facilitate his needs, and a better rapport with his referring agency due to his joining the work force. Assessment is required by a referral agency. Strike Four and the referral agency worker decide on the admission of a client to the program. Measurement of a client is done through 'follow-up'. This is an ongoing process for a period of three months on each client. A client finishes the program when he has remained in a job and is satisfied and happy with his situation for three months. Follow-up of all clients after they finish the program consists of checking with the client and the employer and re-registering the client if necessary. Follow-up is done by Strike Four staff. There is a staff of 4i people; 4 full-time employment counsellors and 1 part-time steno. Staff orientation consists of learning Manpower and Immigration counselling techniques, information and the visiting of all applicable referral and other agencies, office procedures, etc. Ongoing staff development consists of discussions between all staff of change of policy and the mode of operation if any, and the implementation of ideas aimed at better client service. The Board of Strike Four sets the policy for the program. It is funded by the Department of Manpower and Immigration. The average length of time for an individual to be in the program is from three to four months, from getting a job to self-sufficiency. Clients are referred from physicians, self-referrals, social workers, hospitals, schools, psychologists, psychiatrists, probation, the Courts, the parole board, lawyers, government, residences, institutions, etc. Progress is reported to the referring agent through follow-up. Clients are referred to: The Department of Health and Social Development, City Social Services, and all other Social Service agencies; medical doctors; to the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society, to the Aberhart Hospital; V.O.N., Community Nursing, Public Health; A.V.C., Grant MacEwan Community College, N.A.I.T., Victoria Composite High School, A.V.T., Manpower, to psychologists and psychiatrists, Adult Probation, and many others. Information about the program is transmitted to other agencies through Edmonton placement officers, directly from Strike Four by memo or letter - through Manpower and Immigration, and the Department of Health

-127and Social Development. Problems seen: The respondent felt that the most obvious problems on the part of the client is; illiteracy, lack of skills and education, 07/74 and poverty.

C.N.I.B. Employment Service - see section on Associations.

Goodwill (Edmonton Rehabilitation Society) 429-5971 10301 - 104 Street

The Goodwill program was established in 1962 to provide alternate employment for the disabled or disadvantaged. It is set up as a "normal" job type situation and the clients in the program are the employees themselves. Progress is measured constantly and any employee may move to a different (parallel, higher or lower) level of employment. Goodwill is dependent upon the "Goodwill" of the community for donations of clothing, furniture, household articles and appliances and other repairable items. The principal work function within Goodwill is the recycling (repair and renovation) of these repairable materials. These donations are the "raw material used for for on-the-job training" and employment of the disabled or disadvantaged. The sale of the articles in the Goodwill stores located in various parts of the City provides funds for wages and provides financial support for the Society's rehabilitation services. There are 70 employees in Goodwill at this time. It is capable of serving 200 employees. All physical disabilities are accepted, assessed and accommodated. Goodwill is geared to the functionally independent. Prerequisites for employment in Goodwill are: must be able to communicate; if mute, by a word board or sign language or other means and must be able to get themselves to work. The program is geared to men and women 18 years to the age of retirement. Assessment is provided by the Society's assessment program, or by other agencies, e.g. C.N.I.B. An employee's progress is measured through production methods. This is an ongoing process. Since this is employment, when the employee leaves Goodwill, follow-up is done only in cases where it is necessary. Ongoing sta:f development consists of internal promotions, traiPing courses (e.g. T.V. repairmen course), foreman courses, etc. In the working operation', Suggestions from employees are welcome. The budget for Goodwill in 1974 was $620,000. Funds come from processing and resale of donated merchandise. Clients are referred from

- 128 the Worker's Compnesation Board, the C.N.I.B., and the majority from the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society's work assessment and work adjustment programs. Progress is reported to a referring agent by the counsellor. Goodwill is now expanding into larger renovated premises. They will be able to employ more people and there will be more opportunity. Three new Goodwill stores will be opening this year. 07/74

Vocational Assessment Program (Edmonton Rehabilitation Society) 10215 - 112 Street 426-2255

The purpose of the Vocational Assessment Program is to ascertain employability potential and the most appropriate program for the individual to assist him in reaching his maximum level of community functioning. Eligibility for acceptance in the program is based on the individual's need, usually due to physical, emotional, intellectual or social disadvantage, preventing immediate access to employment. Of equal importance is the client's interest and motivation to become involved in this program, to ensure his participation in program planning and implementation. The assessment program is 20 working days duration. Work and test performances provide the assessment input but the individupl's past experiencesâ&#x20AC;˘ are also relevant in arriving at a decision during the team conference. An appropriate, feasible, acceptable plan is established during the conference in order to effect adequate program placement designed to assist the client in realistic goal attainment. Vocational assessment was initiated in 1971. Although the program is capable of serving 15, during the month of March it served only 10. Of the 10, 2 were physically handicapped. All disabilities are represented in the program, and it is geared to the functionally independent. Very few partially dependent are accepted unless they can handle their own needs, e.g. eating, washrooms, etc. The program is geared to men and women from 16 to 60 years of age throughout Northern Alberta. The decision for admission of a client to the program is made by the intake worker, the Director of Rehabilitation and Personnel, the vocational counsellor and the work evaluator. The progress of a client is measured by: productivity by competitive standards, and work habits by a check list. Progress is measured once a day. Clients provide their own transportation or take the Handi-Bus if necessary. Handi-Bus charges $2.50/day/client, and this service is paid by the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society. When assessment is finished clients may work in the Adjustment Training program in job placement, W.I.R.T.C., further their education or go into other community programs.

-129Follow-up of a client is done by a vocational counsellor. It consists of insuring that the recommended plan is put into effect. Follow-up is done for clients who remain in the Rehabilitation programs and for those who are placed on a job. Staff consists of 8 people, 1 placement officer, 1 work evaluator, 1 vocational counsellor, 1 assistant supervisor, 1 contract production manager, 1 intake worker, 1 contract supervisor, and 1 supervisor and qualified printer. (These 8 staff members are shared with the Work Adjustment program) The program is funded by the Provincial Government (Department of Health and Social Development) and by the United Way. The total budget of the agency is $1,110,000.00. The budget of the program (shared with the Work Adjustment Program) is $207,000.00. Clients are self-referred or referred from Oliver, Active Treatment Hospitals, schools, Department of Health and Social Development, Social Service Departments, and community nursing. A medical assessment, a social history, a treatment summary (if from a hospital), an educational background and an employment history are requested from referring agents. Progress is reported back to the referring agency in the form of a written report. They are also invited into the assessment program at the end of the 20 days. Information about the program is transmitted to other agencies, by slide presentations, tours for interested groups, students, etc. Problems seen: The respondent felt that in order to get more industrial contracts, they would need more space. Expansion is needed in area and staff so that more people could be served Placement of clients remains a problem. 07/74

Work Adjustment Training Program (Edmonton Rehabilitation Society) 1.0215 - 112 Street 426-2255

This program is designed for clients who during assessment indicate a relatively high potential for entering or being trained to enter competitive employment. The objective is the upgrading of work habits, attitudes, skills and maintenance of adequate production standards comparative to industrial norms. Clients are placed in a work area best suited to their needs and abilities. The next step is gainful employment either in industry or in the Society's Goodwill program. The Work Adjustment program began in 1971 and served 24 people in the month of April. All range of handicaps are represented in the program; mild mental retardation, physical disability, emotional or social disabilities. The program is geared to the functionally independent men and women 16 years and over. Fringe benefits to the client have resulted from participation in the program. Clients relations with employment is building up and there is a better relationship with referring agencies.

130 Before entering this program, clients will have gone through the Rehabilitation Assessment Program. This would consist of vocationally orientated tasks, work samples, work on a contract basis, vocational counselling, etc. In the Adjustment Program weekly progress is measured by productivity and by the client's work personality, social and personal components. Clients get to the program on their own or by the Handi-Bus. Handi-Bus charges the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society $2.50/day/client. Termination of a client in the program is set at six months. The program- ends in employment. Intense follow-up is maintained where necessary by the placement officers. The team may help with relocation if employment is not going well or assistance may be given with social factors. For some clients follow-up may be weekly, for other it may be once a month or less. The lines of communication are always open. Staff consists of 8 people: 1 intake worker, 1 vocational counsellor, I work evaluator, 1 placement officer, 1 contract production manager, 1 contract supervisor, 1 supervisor and printer (qualified) and 1 assistant supervisor. The Edmonton Rehabilitation Society Board sets the policy for the program. The program is funded by the United Way, Provincial grants and from funds from the industrial contracts they are doing. The budget for this program is $207,000.00. This is shared with the Assessment Program. The average length of time for an individual to be in the program is about three to four months, no longer than six months. Clients are then referred to the placement officer who finds them suitable employment "outside" or in "Goodwill". They may also do training on the job through Manpower of the Department of Advanced Education. Problems seen: The respondent felt that there was a need for about three more placement officers, and a need for larger facilities. The need to live more independently in the community, need for social awareness and a need for normal job situations were seen as unmet problems and/or needs facing the physically disabled. 07/74

Initial Opportunities (Departmental Services, Personnel Administration Office Government of Alberta) 500 Terrace Building, 9215 - 107 Street 229-4451 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:15 - 4:30

Initial Opportunities is to give the handicapped person a work experience to allow them entry into the work world. Also involved is an attempt to change the attitude of the public and employers regarding the mentally and physically handicapped. To effect this the Government acts as an employer, hiring people with handicaps and providing them with jobs. The jobs, however, may involve repetitive work.

-131The program began in the Fall, 1973. Since that time it has served several hundred people. Presently it is serving 25 people. The program is geared to serve people in the 18-42 year age range but is serving people 18-65 years of age of both sexes. The office in Edmonton handles Northern Alberta. The person must be able to function independently; be able to take minimal verbal instructions, and be able to get along with co-workers. The multi-problem person can be placed if he is able to move sufficiently for the job. An assessment is required by V.R.D.P. or by Canada Manpower. The supervisor that the person will be working under decides upon acceptance and progress is measured monthly. The program is a training experience for one year, after this period the person becomes eligible for permanent employment. There is a waiting list of 50 individual for the Edmonton office. Staff consists of three people; a director and 2 personnel officers. The program is funded by the Province under a cost sharing arrangement with the Federal Government. The budget for Initial Opportunities is $500,000.00. The cost per individual ranges from $4,536-6,200.00. People can be referred by agencies in the field, advanced education institutions and Canada Manpower. As much information as is available about the person is requested. Monthly progress reports can be given to referring agency. Problems seen: The respondent sees problems in the attitudes of people toward the handicapped. 05/74

Marina Creations 10807A - 124 Street

452-4025

This is a store selling products handcrafted by the handicapped. Marina Creations was set up to help handicapped people stimulate and develop their latent talents through the production of handicrafts, thus bringing an interest and purpose into their life and at the same time providing an opportunity for income. The program began in 1962 and is serving 40 people of age 18 and up, all handicaps and all levels of functioning. The only condition is that the client have some kind of craft skill. A statement of the kind of handicap is required from the referring agent. As long as crafts are satisfactory and saleable they are accepted. Crafts are also accepted on consignment and the clients are paid after their product is sold. The area served is Edmonton. Staff consists of one shop manager, 15 volunteers are used as sales personnel and to drive to the handicapped homes. 75 percent of funds are raised by the sale of articles the rest is provided by the United Way. The budget of the program is $12,000.00. Clients can be referred by anybody. Information about the program is available through the news media and brochures. Drivers are needed for handicapped people to take them shopping and for recreation. 07/74

-13210.

Employment for Special Needs (Canada Manpower) 425-7720 Centennial Building Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 5:00

These programs were designed to create worthwhile employment for people who have been unemployed and/or receiving public assistance and who are not likely to become employed through the usual labour market activity even when employment conditions are good. They are to ensure that there is a full understanding of the employment implications of the physical, social or psychological factors which affect the clients' ability to participate in the labour market. There are three programs available through Employment for Special Needs groups, these are: a. Canada Manpower Industrial Training Program The New Canada Manpower Industrial Training Program effective 17 June, 1974 combines elements of the former Training-in-Industry and Training-on-the-Job Programs thus allowing any combination of vestibule (off the job or classroom) and on-the-job training in any one training program. Objectives of the Program 1. To reduce unemployment and improve productivity through the expansion and improvement of employer-centered training. 2. To prevent the lay-off of workers because of technological or other changes. 3. To encourage employers to hire and train clients with "special" needs and other unemployed workers who lack marketable skills. 4. To assist employers to train in occupations where there are shortages of skilled -workers. Criteria for Eligibility (a) Trainees - must be at least one year past the school leaving age. (17 or over in Alberta) - must be on employers payroll during training. - must be in need of training and likely to derive continuing benefit from the training. (b) Employers - any incorporated company, partnership, or sole proprietorship or any legally constituted association may be eligible to apply. -'Government departments are not eligible except in the case of "special" needs clients. (if in doubt as to your eligibility, kindly contact your local Canada Manpower Centre). (c) Training - the training must be in occupations where there are shortages of skilled workers, unless client is certified as disadvantaged. - a training plan must be provided outlining the skills to be taught in chronological order. This training plan must meet with the approval of the Provincial Department of Manpower and Labour. The Provincial Department of Manpower and

-133Labour will be in contact with you to discuss Provincial manpower requirements. They are prepared to help you with the development of your training proposal should you require such assistance. If you wish to contact them directly, their Industrial Employment Training Consultant may be reached at 429-7866. - the training to be given must warrant a minimum of 30 hours of part-time instruction up to a maximum of 52 weeks full-time or 1820 hours of part-time instruction. This could be of either vestibule training in an o4pnized classroom setting or off the job where no production is taking place, or on the job irdning with teaching by doing with a skilled trainer. Re-imbursement costs can be claimed but vary depending on the method of training and the employment status of the trainee. b. Work _Adjustment Training consisting of: 1. Work assessment to identify training needs. 2. Realistic work experience in simulated workshop. 3. Exposure to situations which 'provide opportunity to develop good work habits. 4, Job rotations through job stations having increasing complexities and pressure. 5. Occupation and employment counselling. 6. Ongoing appraisal. It is expected that up to four weeks will be needed for work assessment and up to 12 weeks for work adjustment training. c. Basic Job Readiness Training, consists of following comppn4.nts: 1. Life Skills training. 2. Components of basic education from Grades 0 to 9. 3. Language fluency. 4. Work experience. 5. Job orientation. 6. Job search techniques. 7. Orientation and counselling. 8. Services from agencies outside the Department. The average duration for each trainee will be four months but variations are expected.

-134This service began in January, 1974. It serves people aged 16 to 65. An assessment of the client is preferred prior to admission to the program and is done by the Manpower Centre. The employment counsellors decide upon admission to the program when a person is assessed as disadvantaged. This program is open to people with disabilities such as those being emotionally disturbed, physically handicapped, mentally handicapped, culturally or socially deprived. There is no charge to the client for the service. Clients are finished the program when they are placed in permanent employment, or in other training. There is follow-up of the client one year after termination through assessment on the job by the Manpower Centre. Assessment and diagnostic services are available via consulting pyschologists and Glenrose and University Hospitals. People can be referred from the Department of Health and Social Development, Alcohol and Drug Abuse Commission, Department of Education, School for the Deaf, Hospitals, volunteer agencies, and through regular Manpower registration, etc. As much information as is available about the person is desirable. Progress can be reported back to the referring agency by follow-up reports. Unstructured liaisons are maintained with many agencies in the community, particularly those in the employment field. Information about the program is transmitted to other agencies by staff, occasionally through advertisement. Brochures are available. The organization is a part of the Federal administration and funded directly by them. Problems seen: The respondent feels that there is still a: lack of knowledge in the community about these programs. 05/74

INCOME MAINTENANCE

Unemployment Insurance Commission 10704 - 102 Avenue & 10452 - 82 Avenue 425-6811 or 425-6365 (Southside)

Unemployment Insurance benefits are payable upon application to persons who have worked eight insured weeks in the last 52. For sickness benefits the person must have worked 20 insured weeks in the last 52. Contributions to the plan are deducted from wages; the amount of contribution and the amount of benefits are dependent upon the salary of the individual. 2.

Worker's Compensation Board (Government of Alberta) Permanent Disability Pensions 9912 - 107 Street 423-6343

The Worker's Compensation Board provides compensation to workers injured on the job. It provides a life pension to persons permanently

-135disabled to a maximum of 75% of their earnings or $10,000.00 whichever is less. The Board also pays medical expenses of injured workers. Compnesation is paid to dependents if death results as is outlined in the Worker's Compensation Act. After January 1, 1974 in the case of a fatally injured worker, the Board will pay to a dependent widow (on behalf of the widow and the children of the deceased worker, if any) a sum equal to the amount of pension that the worker would have received if his injury, rather than resulting in death, had resulted in permanent total disability. Widow's of workers fatally inured prior to January 1, receive $225.00 per month and on behalf of dependent children $70.00 per month to the age of 18 years. Other services of the Compensation Board are specialized treatment provided at the Rehabilitation Clinic. Job re-training and on-the-job training or upgrading of education through the Vocational Rehabilitation Department can be provided. In most cases benefits are paid out of an accident fund to which employers contribute by assessment on the wages of the employee. The rate of assessment varying according to the hazard and type of industry, calculated upon a base of $7,600.00 of payroll per employee. The Worker's Compensation Board exists as a result of Provincial legislation (presently: Revised Statutes of Alberta, 1970). There are three commissioners who when appointed serve till age 70. The commissioners "may appoint such officers as (they) deem necessary for carrying out the provisions of the Act, and prescribe their duties and fix their renumeration". The decisions of the Board are final, and are subject to review only by the Board itself; there is recourse (Section 19.14) to the Ombudsman who can make recommendations to the Lieutenant Governor in Council. TABLE 34 WORKER'S COMPENSATION BOARD, NUMBER OF PERMANENT DISABILITY PENSIONS BY AGE, AS AT JANUARY 31, 1973* Age

Number

20 and under 21-25 26-30 31-35 36-40 41-45 46-50 51-55 56-60 61-65 66-70 71-75 76-80 Over 80

35 194 324 519 839 1093 1122 931 886 801 732 478 244 205 TOTAL

8403

- 136 3.

Canada Pension Plan 10055 106 Street 425-7150 Manulife Building

The Canada Pension Plan initiated in 1966 provides seven benefits, one of which is the Disability Benefit to those who qualify. For purpose of the Canada Pension Plan, a contributor is considered disabled only if he has a physical or mental di ability, both severe and prolonged; "severe" in the sense that he is incapable of regularly pursuing any substantially gainful occupation; and "prolonged" in the sense that his disability is long continued and of indefinite duration and likely to result in death. This is detelquined by a test of the contributors disability, which includes his employability. A Canada Pension Plan disability determination board decides on whether or not the applicant will be considered disabled within the meaning of the Act. To qualify the client must also have made contributions to the Canada Pension Flail for at least five years. Presently, there are i a million Canadains receiving monthly benefits. The program is not concerned with the levels of disability but with the client's earning power. Canada Pension Plan is geared to an age range of 23 to 65 years old. In cases there the contributor may get better, these files are earmarked for review of progress in 18 months. The Canada Pension Plan serves all of Canada, except the Province . of Quebec, who have a similar plan of their own. The Edmonton district office serves that portion of Alberta North of Lacombe and all the Northwest territories. There are approximately 900 in this area receiving pensions. The office receives 89 applications per month (estimate for September 1974) of which 70% or 60 are approved. Staff consists of six field officers who make direct contact with the clients. Staff orientation consists of knowing the Canada Pension Plan Act and legislation; they must be qualified at addressing public meetings; they must be mature and Qualified interviewers and counsellors. Many volunteers are used as referral points e.g. doctors, lawyers, public trustees, social workers, etc. The Federal Government sets the policy for the program. Funds for the program come from out of contributions to the Canada Pension fund. There is no budget per se; the budget for the office is of 1% of Canada Pension Plan funds. The cost per month per individual is 1.8% of his contributory earnings, with a maximum of $6,600.00. Clients are referred from - physicians, self-referred, social workers, hospitals, physiotherapists, psychologists, psychiatrists, funeral directors and public trustees. Information such as - name, social insurance number, and possible eligibility factors as regards to contributions is requested. In some instances progress is reported to a referring agent. If a person is not eligible for Canada Pension Plan benefits he is referred to A.I.D, or the Provincial Government. In case of rejection of application, the person has the right to appeal to a review committee and this three man committee comprised of citizens can review the case

-137and recommend changes in the legislation. Infoimation about the Canada Pension Plan is transmitted to others by seminars, public meetings, newspaper, radio, television, brochures and word of mouth. Problems seen: The respondent felt their biggest problem was making people aware of the benefits available to them under the Canada Pension Plan. Expansion will take place in the future due to the increase in numbers of clients. 06/74

Social Allowance and Assistance (Department of Health and Social Development) Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:15 - 4:30

Social allowance provides financial help for those in need and who are Older, physically or mentally handicapped, head of one-parent families, etc. Cases which are on a long term or permanent basis come under the "Static Unit". This unit provides all the benefits of social assistance. There are no set rates of assistance in the Static caseload. Each individual is assessed according to his needs and disability as these factors vary greatly. In some cases where clients are in institutions, there may be no direct contact at all with that client even though he is receiving benefits. Service can be provided through the Department of Health and Social Development regional offices. North Edmonton Regional Office South Edmonton Regional Office West Edmonton Regional Office

11713 - 82 Street ' 474-6424 10455 - 80 Avenue '433-4411 170 St. & Stony Plain 487-3440 Road 05/74

TABLE 35 CANADA PENSION PLAN; DISABILITY PENSIONS NUMBER OF BENEFICIARIES BY CLASS OF PRINCIPLE DIAGNOSIS AND BY AGE FOR CANADA Class of Principle Diagnosis Infective and Parasitic Diseases

CUMULATIVE TO MARCH 1974*

-25

25-29 30-34

35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 TOTAL

334

109

167

279

489

497

1667

Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic Disorders

113

240

222

736

Diseases of Blood and Blood Forming Organs

Neoplasms

Mental Disorders

137

233

343

545

843

705

2922

Diseases of Nervous System and Sense Organs

130

173

233

341

439

660

502

2606

Diseases of Circulatory System

114

364

978

1994

4304

4377

12211

Diseases of Respiratory System

153

477

1216

1131

3077

Diseases of Digestive System

116

182

177

611

Diseases of Genito-Urinary System

234

Complications of pregnancy, childbirth, and the Puerperium

Diseases of Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue

Diseases of Musculo Skeletal System and Connective Tissue

181

392

786

1827

2037

5379

Congenital Anomalies

233

TABLE 35 Class of Principle Diagnosis

-25

25-29 30-34 35-39

40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59 60-64 TOTAL

Certain causes of Prenatal Morbidity and Mortality

Symptoms and Ill-defined Conditions

Accidents, Poisonings and Violence

116

128

131

• 337-- • 330- • 461

788

TOTAL

* Source: -CanadaTenbion Plan Vol. 6 #1 Health and Welfare Canada

191

176

286

249

1310

27P:.:5103 . 10342 10207

31632

TABLE 36 CANADA PENSION PLAN DISABILITY PENSIONS:

NUMBER OF BENEFICIARIES

BY SIZE OF PENSION AND BY AGE AT MARCH 1974 Age of Beneficiary Size of Pension

-25

25-29

30-34

35-39

40-44

-40.00 40.00

49.00

50.00 -

59.99

60.00 - 69.99

70.00 - 79.99

80.00 - 89.99

107

1-1 0

90.00 - 99.99

104

100.00 - 109,99

146

110,00 - 119.99

100

219

120.00- 139.99

101

191

415

607

1,165

TOTAL

Average Monthly Amount

43.................279...................396.. $93.92

$9507

$103.52

$104.78

$106.17

TABLE 36 (cont.) Age of Beneficiary "'Sie'Of'Pen6i-On $

-40.00

45-49

50-54'

.55=59'

60-64

TOTAL

40.00 - 49.00

115

50.00 - 5999

192

435

817

60.00 - 69.99

170

378

842

1,621

70.00 - 79.99

146

285

523

1,120

2,267

80.00 - 89.99

190

331

616

1,274

2,696

90.00 - 99.99

248

436

798

1,562

3,319

1 H

100 00 - 109.99

278

488

878

1,820

3,800

110.00 - 119.99

371

724

1,330

2,(29

5,506

120.00 - 139.99

739

1,576

2,880

5,550

11,491

15,286

31,632

$105.75

$106.05

TOTAL

2,118.

-4/113.-

Average Monthly Amount

$106„18.

.1107..26—

-$106,63

H 1

- 142 TABLE 37 CANADA PENSION PLAN DISABILITY PENSIONS: NUMBER, GROSS AMOUNT AND AVERAGE MONTHLY AMOUNT BY SEX AND BY AGE AT MARCH 1974 New Pensions Sex and Age

Number

Gross Amount Monthly Average

Male

-25 25 - 29 30 - 34 35 - 39 40 - 44 45 - 49 50 - 54 55 - 59 60 - 64 TOTAL

4 7 13 16 36 61 98 223 354 812

Female

-25 25 - 29 30 - 34 35 - 39 40 - 44 45 - 49 50 - 54 55 - 59 60 - 64 TOTAL

1 1 1 5 4 16 30 67 120

578 583 1,054 5,228 3,273 11,355 20,654 43,554 65,319

101.66 88.86 73.55 92.24 87.54 87.44 88.09 93.09 86.37

245

151,597

88.65

-25 25 - 29 30 - 34 35 - 39 40 - 44 45 - 49 50 - 54 55 - 59 60 - 64 TOTAL

5 8 14 21 40 77 128 290 474

2,646 4,643 8,694 17,877 38,644 60,074 101,102 204,588 302,248

96.62 93.08 106.86 96.62 107.31 103.45 102.11 104.38 101.80

1,057

740,516

102.75

Male and Female

2,068 ($) 4,060 7,640 12,650 35,371 48,719 80,448 161,035 236,929 588,918

95.36 ($) 93.69 109.42 97.98 109.50 107.65 106.41 107.78 107.03 107.00

-143TABLE 37 (cont.) Total Pensions Number

Sex and Age Male

Gross Amount Monthly Average

-25 25 - 29 -30 - 34 35 - 39 40 - 44 45 - 49 50 - 54 55 - 59 60 - 64 TOTAL

36 213 322 498 974 1,718 3,312 6,091 12,287

5,035 24,656 40,221 64,526 138,392 231,124 440,040 809,962 1,545,402

93.01 98.09 104.76 106 54 108.61 109.20 110.30 109.76 108.99

25,451

3,299,358

109.13

-25 - 29 - 34 - 39 - 44 - 49 - 54 - 59 - 64

7 66 74 109 191 400 801 1,534 2,999

1,166 6,124 8,241 15,863 20,827 47,748 94,595 182,428 334,929

98.56 85.30 98.12 96.73 93.73 93.20 94.67 94.21 92.47

6,181

711,921

93.35

43 279 396 607 1,165 2,118 4,113 7,625 15,286

6,201 30,780 48,462 80,388 159,219 278,872 534,635 992,390 1,880,332

93.92 95.07 103.52 104.78 106.17 106.18 107.26 106.63 105.75

31,632

4,011,280

106.05

Female 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

TOTAL Male and Female 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

-25 - 29 - 34 - 39 - 44 - 49 - 54 - 59 - 64

TOTAL

-1445.

Social Assistance (Edmonton Social Services) 6th Floor, C.N. Tower 425-5270 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 4:30

Social Assistance is a grant of the municipality of financial aid to the unemployed employable or to those whose income is less than their needs, for a short term. To qualify, a person must be over the age of 18, a resident of Alberta for 12 consecutive months preceeding application, and must be destitute. The geographic area served by the program is Edmonton City. The budget for a single person may range from $90.00 to $143.00 or $151.00 per month, depending if it is a room and board situation or if the person is renting an apartment. The rates for a family vary greatly because of the number of children and their different ages. A two parent family with two children aged 7 and 13 will be allowed a total of $332.00 per month. Of this $166.00 will be for food, clothing and personal allowance; $135.00 for rent, $14.00 for light and water and $17.00 for natural gas. Additional special allowances aay be made during the year on the basis of proven need. The program is open to the physically, emotionally and mentally handicapped (mild) if they are able to look after themselves and are employable. The more severely disabled are looked after by the Provincial Social Allowance and Assistance Unit, which is for long term cases. In the month of April 1974, 688 were served. The program is geared to those 18 to 60 years of age. The multi-problem person will be served under the condition that it is a short term assistance with the objective of sole support. Assessment is required prior to the granting of assistance by Edmonton Social Service. This consists of determining if the client meets the eligibility factors previously mentioned. The intake worker decides on the granting of financial assistance and in more complicated situations, the approval is given by the supervisor. If a person is unable to provide for his own transportation a bus pass may be issued. When a client becomes financially independent, assistance is terminated. However, if that person is still unemployed, a referral could be made to the Province for long term assistance. Every person has the right to appeal decisions made at the City Social Service Department, and every effort will be made to resolve differences. The program is funded by a Provincial grant (90%) and Municipal monies (10%). Clients may be self-referred, or referred by doctors, lawyers, school teachers, the Department, of Health and Social Development, etc. The nature of the problem and any identifying information is required from referring agencies. Occasionally progress is reported back to the referring agency if requested. The majority of clients are referred to

-145the Department of Health and Social Development or to any other agency where they will get the best service. Liaison is maintained with other resources such as public health nurses schools, counsellors, etc. Problems seen: The respondent feels that there is still a public stigma attached to those on financial assistance. She also felt that the program should meet more than just the basic necessities and include other needs, such as recreation. There is a need for continuing staff education in new ideas and concepts of financial assistance programs. Service is provided on a geographic basis through regional offices. (see Table 30 05/74

TABLE 38 EDMONTON SOCIAL SERVICES COMMUNITY SERVICE CENTRES Beverly Community Service Centre

50n3 - 112 Ave.

474-8221

Downtown & South East

6th Floor CN Tower

425-5962

Duggan

5035 - 108A St.

435-4891

Glengarry

13315 - 89 St.

476-6702

Jasper Place

15626 - 100A Ave.

489-7794

West 10

12225 - 105 Ave.

482-6511

War Veterans Pensions and Allowances (Department of Veterans Affairs) 9943 - 109 Street 425-7828

The War Veterans Allowance Act provides for allowances to otherwise qualified war veterans, who, because of age or infirmity, are unable to derive their maintainance from employment. Widows and orphans are eligible for benefits. For a single person, the monthly rate is $161.27 with a monthly income ceiling of $201.27. For a married person, the rate is $274.44 with a monthly income ceiling of $344.44. An additional $40.00 for a single person or $70.00 for a married person may be available if circumstances warrant it. Medical examination and treatment are provided, depending upon assessment of the degree of disability. Pensions are also available for widoTs and orphaned children of disability pensioners. As of 1974, 3,000 people in Northern Alberta are in receipt of War Veterans Pension. Information and Applications are available from the Department of Veterans Affairs.

-146VII,

EDUCATIONAL SERVICES

The provision of Educational Services is not perceived as a great problem for the physically disabled providing buildings are accessible. Many of the Educational Services are provided in the regular school setting. The Public School Board also provides the Education Department at the Glenrose School Hospital. Transportation is also provided for students needing it thrcuph Edmonton Handi-Buses. The problems of the visually and hearing impaired frequently make participation in the regular educational program difficult. In Alberta, there is presently no educational facilities for the b1ind Those of school age needing to learn Braille must go elsewhere, either to Jericho Hills School in Vancouver, B.C. or to W. Ross MacDonald School in Brantford, Ontario. Provision is, however, made for students with low vision.

HEARING IMPAIRED

Baby Program (Association for the Hearing Handicapped) 11024 99 Avenue 488-7804 or 488-7525

The Home Visiting Counsellor is responsible for visiting the homes of those children under the age of three, who have hearing problems on a regular basis. She lends encouragement and support to the parents in helping them to cope with the handicap and helps them to learn what things can be done in the home. She helps to help prepare that child for the pre-school and helps that child become aware of sounds around him, how to use his hearing aid, how to listen for sound, etc. The Counsellor is instrumental in involving parents in the pre-school programs and makes recommendations as to whether she feels the child is ready for a pre-school setting. This part of the total program is very important, as these parents need much support, encouragement and information when they first discover their, child's handicap. The earlier they can help the parent and the child, then the sooner they can assist that child in learning how to "cope" with his handicap and develop patterns of communication and gather information about his environment. Since the program began in 1972, it has served eight babies. It is presently serving seven. "Fringe benefits", resulting from participation in the program, have been that parents now have someone to express their frustration to, they have been able to gain insight into their child's handicap, and the child has been able to learn how to communicate and become a part of the family. Assessment of a child is required prior to admission and is done through the University of Alberta Pre-School Hearing Clinic. It consists of determining the child's development in all areas. A resource team discusses the child and determines the best setting for him. All children are re-assessed by the resource team on a six month to yearly interval; the program serves Northern Alberta.

-147Babies "finish" the program on the recommendation of the home visiting Counsellor and the child then moves into the pre-school setting. Staff consists of one home visiting counsellor - in consultation with the program coordinator. The "Baby Program" is funded as a pilot project, on a five-year basis, with the Department of Health and Social Development. The budget of the program is $12,000.00 per year. This includes the Counsellor's wages and travelling costs. Babies are referred from physicians, social workers and hospitals. An assessment of the developmental levels in all areas, including an indication of hearing loss, is required from a referring agent. Progress is reported back by written reports. Problems seen: The respondent felt that the home visiting counsellor should have a full time social worker working with her since she is working with families and family problems. She also stated that lack of public awareness makes detection and referral currently incomplete. Due to the multiplicity of handicaps, suitable placements for these children is sometimes difficult to find. 06/74

Morning and Afternoon Pre-School Program (Association for the Hearing Handicapped) 11024 - 99 Avenue 4887804 488-7525

The Association operates a pre-school for three and four year old deaf children. These children either attend the morning or afternom program. Parents are actively involved, visit the school regularly for observation and participation in the classroom and attend "signing" classes weekly and parent meetings monthly. The pre-school uses a "total communication" approach and provides the child with an individual speech and language program as well as group activities that encourage the child to use his voice and learn how to use residual hearing and become more aware of the sounds around him; how to discriminate and interpret sound, etc. Programs are planned to aid his development in all areas: social, perceptual, physical, etc. Once the child leaves (approximately after two years) he may go either to the Alberta School for the Deaf, Windsor Park Hearing Conservation classes or a regular kindergarten or day care in his own community. The program was initiated in 1963 and is presently serving 20 children. In the past, norLal hearing children were included in the program to help stimulate language and speech. However, at the present time, only deaf children are represented in the program. Three of the children have a partial hearing loss and 17 are deaf. The children in the program are self-sufficient, mobile, and in all other ways "normal" in their development.

- 148 Through their participation in the program, parents and children have received "fringe benefits". The parents can better understand the child's handicap and become more aware of what his responsibilities are toward that child. The child is gaining valuable training that will aid him throughout hots school life and help him function in the hearing world. Assessment is required prior to admission and is done by the University Pre-School Hearing Clinic. Assessment consists of testing by audiologists, speech therapists, pediatricians, psychologists, etc. The resource team discusses the child as a group and from that, recommendations are made as to the child's placement. Progress is measured every six months to a year. Teachers make evaluations, or further testing may be done at any time. The Edmonton Handi-Bus transports the children back and forth at a cost of $2.50 per child per day. Metropolitan Edmonton is the geographic area served by the program. A child progresses from the morning to afternoon program over a two year period. Usually when he five years old, he moves on to Alberta School for the Deaf or Windsor Park School. Each child's graduation is based on his own development, academic progress and readiness. To some extent, checks on those children in day care and kindergartens are through contact with the teacher to aid her in coping with the handicapped within her program. Staff consists of five people: two teachers, two teachers' aides and one speech therapist. If a teacher has had little experience with the deaf, they orientate them to the handicap and assist them in the learning of sign language. Approximately five to ten volunteers are used. They come in once a week, either morning or afternoon, and act as an aide in the classroom, assisting teachers in preparing activities, etc. The program is funded mostly by United Way (80%), small parental monthly fee ($20.00) and registration fee($10.00). They also received an Early Childhood grant from the Government. The budget of the program is about $35,000 to $40,000.00 per year. Cost per individual is $350.00 per month. It is hoped that the Government will take over the funding and hiring of staff. Children are referred mostly by physicians, social workers and hospitals. An indication of the hearing loss, speech development, psychological ab*lity and medical report, is required from a referring agent. Progress is reported lack to the referring agent. Problems seen: The respondent felt that the program needs to be run by professional administrators as the program is becoming too large for parents to handle. Funding is needed for increasing staff, acquiring of equipment, etc. Expansion is needed in the area of acquiring professional staff to meet the needs of the child and parents.

-149The respondent expressed the belief that most of the general public are not aware of the hearing impaired, how they are educated, or what compensations can be made for their handicap. 06/74

Alberta School for the Deaf 6240 - 113 Street 434-1481

The aims and objectives of the school revolve around the general philosophy that a deaf child can develop into a self-supporting citizen of the Province. He can become socially and vocationally adequate if he is provided ample special training to meet his needs. The guidelines of the school follow international planning for the development of the maximum potential of the deaf child, with specially trained teachers and counsellors to help him. The program began in 1955 and is presently serving 155 children aged 5-18 who have partial or complete hearing loss. The school's resource centre provides an assessment of the student before admission. A team composed of teachers, psychologists and houseparents decides on admission. Standardized testing determines the progress of the child. The area served is Alberta. Follow-up is done to insure success of students in employment. 59 staff are serving the program, 29 teachers, 24 houseparents and 2 doctors. Three volunteers are used in after-school activities. The budget of $1 million is provided by the Department of Education. Information about this program is available through brochures. Consultation is done with the parents when the child comes into the school. When problems arise parents are called in for consultation. One year before graduation a placement officer talks to parents and students about future plans. Counselling is done to guide and find the student's interests and find a suitable training program for future jobs. Follow-up is done until graduation or until a job is found. 07/74

Itinerant Services for Hard of Hearing Students (Edmonton Public School Board) 10010 - 107A Avenue 429-5621 (Special Education)

An itinerant teacher has been assigned by the Edmonton Public School Board to serve hard of hearing children who attend regular classes. Since late August, 1973, the itinerant teacher has been working with parents, teachers, and students on the academic and social problems of children with hearing impairments. The duties of the itinerant teacher of the hard if hearing include: 1. Working with hard of hearing children placed in regular classrooms throughout the Edmonton Public School system. This entails: a) facilitating the regular program by arranging for tutoring. b) checking on hearing aids and referring children to appropriate resource people (e.g. audiologist, speech therapist, psychologist, etc.) c) outlining, initiating and coordinating remedial programs.

-1502. Helping teachers to assess children who are having problems, and to refer them, when necessary, for further testing. 3. Helping teachers of Hard of Hearing classes to arrange for integration of their students into regular classes, when this is suited to the child's needs. This requires follow-up work. 4. Interpreting test results to teachers. 5. Making home visits in order to coordinate the efforts of parents and teachers. 6. Consulting with representatives and attending meetings of community agencies to maintain familiarity with all existing services available to hard of hearing children. 12/74

5. Windsor Park School Hard of Hearing Classes (Edmonton Public School Board) 8720 - 118 Street 433-3924 Forty-two children with mild to moderately severe hearing losses attend five special classes for the hearing impaired at Windsor Park Elementary School. Enrollment in the special classes is from seven to nine children. The curriculum is language orientated; classes are nongraded. The basic philosophy is to focus on an individual approach for each child to help him handle his hearing handicap successfully. An oral approach using special amplification is emphasized. Since one of the primary goals for each child is to have him function happily in the hearing world, integration is becoming a key feature. All the children in the school integrate in physical education; two classes combine for art; two more get together to play "math" games. Last term nearly all excursions were jointly planned and three of the senior girls attended a regular junior high school for Home Economics classes. Some pupils attend a number of other regular classes. The children also receive additional expertise from a Glenrose School Hospital Audiologist. It is expected that the services of a speech therapist will be forthcoming. These resource people would spend 2i days a week working with children individually and in groups. Speech and language skills and auditory training are stressed to complement the ongoing program. Equipment provided by the School Board is extensive and costly. All Hard-of-Hearing classrooms and speech therapy rooms are sound-treated with carpets, drapes and acoustic tile. Materials and audio-visual aides are readily available from the Special Education Department. The Edmonton Public School Board recently purchased auditory training sYstems for the first three classes at the cost of nearly $18,000.00 These, in some cases, allow a child to hear clearly for the first time. 12/74

-151-

Continuing Education for the Deaf, Alberta College 10041 - 101 Street 429-2851

This is an upgrading program for deaf adults who have been out of school for one year. (Negotiations are taking place to drop the one year between the School for the Deaf and Alberta College as it has a real purpose for the deaf). The program aims to upgrade reading, writing and arithmetic of the deaf student to a grade 7 or 8 level. Some job training like keypunch operator, typing, accounting and bookkeeping is offered to the deaf. Some students reach the grade 11-12 level and go on to a University for the deaf in the United States. The program began -. in 1971 and is serving 28 deaf and five other students of various handicaps. The program can serve any handicap as long as the student is able to attend the classes. Functionally independent and partially dependent persons can be served. The age range served is 18 years and over. The goal of the program is to upgrade the students to the point where they are employable. The fringe benefits resulting from this ,program are that the student learns to be more self reliant and gains more experience in dealing with people and circumstances. An assessment consisting of an interview with a counsellor and approval by A.V.T. is required prior to admission. Progress of the client is measured by tests in subjects taken. The area served is Alberta. After completing the program a counsellor does follow-up of the students. Four teachers for the deaf are on staff. Teachers are taught to understand sign language. â&#x20AC;˘The Advisory Committee interested in education for the deaf sets the policy for the program. The consumers of the service are consulted about their needs. A.V.T. provides the funds for the program. The budget is $40,000.00 per year. Clients are referred by A.V.T. Progress is reported to A.V.T. in the form of results of the courses. Brochures and the Association for the Deaf provide information about the program. Most of the deaf students entering Alberta College need a great deal of assistance in the form of tutoring in order to be able to master the, courses offered. There is a need for hearing teachers for the deaf 06/74 and also for an interpreting training program.

VISUALLY IMPAIRED

Itinerant Services for Visually Impaired (Edmonton Public School Board) 10935 - 113 Street 426-0606

The Edmonton Public School Board provides the services of two teachers to aid visually impaired students in regular classes in the school system. These students are those who do not require the degree of service provided in the low vision classes or are those who have completed these classes. The role of the itinerant teacher is to assist the student with his work by providing large print, braille, recorded materials and equipment and assisting the teacher in program planning and coping with the needs of the student. The service is presently being provided primarily to secondary students but some elementary students are being served. Fifty to

-152 sixty children are currently being asSisted in this manner.

Low Vision Classes - Queen Mary Park School (Edmonton Public School Board) 426-1274 10935 - 113 Street

The Edmonton Public School Board operates two classes for children with low vision. They are designed for students who have a marked degree of visual impairment that requires s-me additional classroom aids. The children must be capable of reading large type, sometimes with the use of mechanical aids. No Braille Iâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;, offered at the present time. Classes serve all children with this need in Northern Alberta. Currently there are 13 students enrolled; there is a capacity for 10 students per class. Each child must have an examination by an opthamologist as well as a thorough educational and psychological assessment prior to admission. The classes are for elementary children only. The child returns to the home school, if capable of handling the regular curriculum, with itinerant teacher help; or placement can be arranged in another special class Lf appropriate.

PRE-SCHOOL PROGRAMS

Day Care

Day Care Centres are primarily provided for low income families, single parent families, and those with special needs in the community. Programs are geared to the educational, physical, social and mental well-being and growth of the child. In Edmonton, there are ten Day Care Centres which are subsidized by the Preventive Social Services Program. (see Table 40) There are an additional 55 centres in the Edmonton area that are run by private operators (see Table 40). The Glengarry Day Care Centre, operated by Edmonton Social Services, is given below as an example of a day care centre. The 1973 report, "A Descriptive Overview of Services to Pre-School Children in the City of Edmonton" describes the acceptance policies and enrollment practices of 41 day care centres. It was found that many of the centres would accept children with disabilities and a number of children were enrolled in the centres: The Report indicates neither the centers willing to accept disabled children nor those where disabled children are enrolled. See Table 38 which gives the number of day care centres accepting children with special problems, and Table 39, the enrollment of children in day care centres with special problems.

Recently, the Division of Services for the Handicapped has channeled some funds through the Preventive Social Services Branch to provide the added operating costs and building modifications necessary to enable the subsidized day care centres to accept some handicapped children. TABLE 38 NUMBER OF DAY CARE CENTRES ACCEPTING CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL PROBLEMS Will Not Accept

Problem

Will Accept Will Accept Will Accept Minimally Moderately Severely Affected Affected Affected

Sight, hearing or speech

Physically handicapped

Medical problems

TABLE 39 ENROLLMENT OF CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL PROBLEMS Problem

Minimally Moderately Severely Affected Affected Affected

TOTALS

Sight

Hearing

Speech Physically Handicapped Medical Problems

a. Glengarry Day Care Centre Edmonton Social Services 13315 - 89 Street 475-2151 Hours: Monday to Friday, 7:30 - 6:30 The Centre provides day care for low income families, single parent families, those with special needs and others in the community. They gear the program to the educational, physical, social and mental well being and growth of the child. The staff are well qualified and the program is concerned with the child as well as the parent. The program was initiated in February, 1969 and is presently serving 97 children, aged 2i to 6 years. The children must be toilet trained and ambulatory. The goal of the program is to provide good quality day care to

-154low income and single support families and to children with special needs. The program provides a developmental learning experience for the child, paying attention to all areas of development. An assessment by a social worker consisting of "h.ackground information about the child and his situation is required. The social worker and the director of the centre decide on admission. Progress of the child is measured by an extensive check list of behavior which is completed every three months. The area served is Edmonton. After completing the program at age six, the child usually goes on to the public or separate school system or into classes for slow learners. The waiting list has about 35 children at present. Staff consists of 15 people, nine are full time staff, six are part time. Some volunteers are used for field trips in the summer and for special events. The program is funded by the City and the Province. The budget of the program is $150,000.00 at a cost of $6.00 per child per day. The parents may be required to pay $10 to $120.00 per month depending on ability to pay. Children can be referred from the Glenrose Hospital or by Edmonton Social Services. The family social and medical background are required as information about the child. Information about the program is transmitted by phone or letter. Problems seen: The respondent felt that there was a gap regarding parent input into the program, also that an expansion of the after school program is needed. 05/74

TABLE 40 CITY OF EDMONTON - EDMONTON SOCIAL SERVICES - DAY CARE BRANCH CENTRES QUALIFYING FOR PURCHASE OF SERVICES CENTRE & ADDRESS

PHONE NO,

Beverly Day Care Centre 233 Greenwood Acres 34 Street & 116 Avenue

477-1151

Community Day Nursery 9641 - 102A Avenue

424-3730 429-1943

Downtown Day Care Centre 10031 - 109 Street

424-1793

Glengarry Day Care Centre 13325 - 89 Street

475-2151

Jasper Place Day Care Centre 156c8 - 104 [venue

489-2243

Primrose Place Day Care Centre 8451 - 101 Avenue

469-0663

3-5 3-5 S.G,

20 15 25 (80)

South Edmonton Child Care Centre 11103 - 76 Avenue

434-4132

3-5 3-5 3-5

20 20 20 (60)

Students's Union & Community Day Care Gentre 8917 - 112 Street

432-1245

3-5 3-5 3-5

20 20 20

West End Day Care Centre 9915 - 148 Street

AGE

UNIT SIZE

3-5 3-5

20 . 20 (40)

5 4 3

20 15 12 (62)

3-41 41-6

15 23 (38)

(4)

3-5 S,G,

20 15 (95)

3-5 3-5

20 20 (40)

(2)

452-4145

5 4 3

6o)

20 20 16 (56)

TABLE 40 (cont,) 'CENTRE & ADDRESS Fulton Place Child Care Centre . 5910 - 105 Avenue

PHONE NO. 465-4383

AGE

- UNIT SIZE

-157TABLE 41 LICENSED DAY CARE CENTRES NONSUBSIDIZED NAME & ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

CAPACITY

Acadia Montessori School 12530 - 110 Avenue

454-7222

Activity Centre for the Dependent Handicapped 111 Street & 99th Avenue

488-6884

Auntie's Day Care Centre 4512 - 118 Avenue

479-7488

Baby Tenders Day Care Centre 12040 - 109 Avenue

455-5561

Bissell Child Care Service 9560 - 103A. Avenue

429-4126

Bo-Peep Day Care Centre 12446 - 97 Street

474-1928

Centennial Day Care Centre 10955 - 82 Street

429-2294

Ce/Ixe D'Experience Pre-Scholaire 9906 - 110 Street

488-3644

Child Development Centre 9830 - 111 Street

488-6260

Children's Centre at Hyde Park 10160 - 115 Street

488-6772

Delton Day Care Centre 12124 - 90 Street

479-7679

Dickensfield Day Care Centre 144 Ave. & 42 Street

477-2711

Dick and Jane Day Care Centre 11214 - 109 Avenue

426-2720

Ding Dong Bell Day Care Centre 7246B - 101 Avenue

466-0249

Dreamland Day Care Centre 10704 - 70 Avenue

434-4237

Edmonton Montessori Day Care Centre 8318 - 104 Street

439-4827

Griesbach Day Care Bldg. J-G, Griesbach Barracks

475-3611 ext. 596

-158TABLE 41 (cont.) NAME & ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

CAPACITY

Groves Day Care Centre 11431 - 111 A Avenue

454-8258

Happy Face Day Care Centre 10744 - 111 Street

425-0877

Happy Face Play Group 10209 - 123 Street

482-1587

"Happy Day" Care Centre 14811 - 108 Avenue

452-9865

Happy Tot Day Care Centre 10020 - 84 Avenue

432-7360

Harvey's Day Care Centre 8724- 61 Avenue

469-2662

Hilde's Day Care Centre 10350 - 148 Street

454-3674

Humpty Dumpty Day Care Centre 11125 - 76 Avenue

436-2339

Jack and Jill Day Care Centre #107, 8510 - 111 Street

439-4484

Kensington Day Care 13312 - 114 Street

455-1892

Laura's Day Care 13302 - 116 Street

454-7293

L J Day Care Centre 12707 - 76 Street

475-0159

Londonderry Child Development Centre 6804 - 144 Avenue

476-8611

Lord Byron Day Care Centre 216 Crown Road

435-7174

Marr-Mac's Day Care Centre 11451 - 50 Avenue

435-4933

M.cKernan Day Care Centre 10905 - 75 Avenue

433-7289

Michelle's Day Care Centre 10410 - 98 Avenue

422-4910

- 159 TABLE 41 (cont.) NAME & ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

CAPACITY

Muriel Taylor Day Care Centre 10524 - Jasper Avenue

422-1513

People's Day Care Centre 10802 - 93 Street

429-2228

Queen Nary Park Child Care Centre 10844 - 117 Street

452-4727

Red Rooster Day Care 8810 - Meadowlark Road

484-8929

Red Rooster Day Care #2 10405 - 142 Street

452-5115

Riverside Towers Day Care Centre #101, 8610 - Jasper Avenue

424-2424

Royal Oak Tower Day Care Centre 13404 - 96 Street

475-3883

15.

Samoth Day Care Centre 10725 - 109 Street

425-1730

The Sandbox 9117 - Ottewell Road

466-8508

Springhill Day Care Centre 11715 - 87 Avenue

433-8182

St. Andrews Day Care Centre 8715 - 118 Avenue

477-8182

St. Thomas More Mothers Day Out 11111 - 57 Avenue

434-8955

Storyland Day Care 9704 - 80 Avenue

433-2223

University of Alberta Hospital Day Care Centre 8540 - 112 Street

433-4663

Tiny Tot Day Care Centre 9034 - 132 Avenue

476-6666

Westwood Day Care Centre 10212 - 121 Avenue

477-1606

-160TABLE 41 (cont.) CAPACITY

NAME & ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

Whitehall Square Day Care 15404 - 84 Avenue

484-2491

Y.W.C.A. Mothers' Day Out Program 10032 - 103 Street

422-8176

St. Albert Day Care Centre 1 Gate Avenue

459-5181

St. Albert Mothers' Day Out St. Albert Road

459-6555

Mothers' Day Out Program 20 Fir Street

467-7377

Nursery Schools

Nursery Schools are licensed by the Department of Health and Social Development and are focused on providing a program for children in the three to five age range. These programs have a variety of sponsorship including privately operated, community operated, cooperative, and chtIrch operated programs. Among the goals of these programs are: arrangements allowing the parents to pursue other interests, provision of educational experiences, socialization and general development. A 1973 report on Edmonton Services to Pre-School Children, indicates the numbers of programs accepting children with disabilities and the enrollment of children with special disabilities in these programs. See Tables 41 and 42. Table 43 provides a list of licensed nursery schools in the Edmonton area. TABLE 42 ADMISSION OF CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL PROBLEMS

Problem

Will not accept

Will accept Will accept Will accept minimally moderately severely affected affeated affected

Sight, hearing & speech

Physically handicapped

Medical problems

- 161 TABLE 43 ENROLLMENT OF CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL PROBLEMS Minimally Moderately Severely Affected Affected Affected TOTAL

Problem Sight

Hearing

Speech

103

Physically Handicapped Medical Problem

TABLE 44 LICENSED NURSERY SCHOOL PROGRAMS IN EDMONTON AND AREA NAME AND ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

LICENSED CAPACITY

Aspen Gardens Nursery School 12015 - 39thA Avenue

434-2687

Assumption Nursery School 9927 - 110th Street

422-4894

Atholone Nursery School 13010 - 129th Avenue

454-7255

Balwin Nursery School 7720 - 130th Avenue

476-2344

Beacon Heights Nursery School 4418 - 118th Avenue

477-6241

Belgravia Co-Operative Nursery School 11540 - 73rd Avenue

Belevedere Nursery School 13359 - 62nd Street

476-2022

Beverly Heights Nursery School 4209 - 111th Avenue

474-3882

Bo Peep Nursery School 8120 - 79th Street

469-8434

Britannia Youngstown Nursery School 16018 - 105th Avenue

489-6593

-162-

TABLE 44 (cont.) LICENSED NAME AND ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

CAPACITY

Calder Nursery School 12950 - 118th Street

454-4313

Capilano Nursery School 10810 - 54th Street

469-2149

Central Nursery School 11112 - 109th Avenue

426-1860

452-0544

Crestwood Nursery School 9735 - 144th Street

452-4525

Delwood Nursery School 7515 Delwood Road

475-2450

455-6171

13910 - 122nd Avenue

455-6171

Duggan Nursery School 3808 - 106 Street

435-4949

E.K.L. Nursery School #5 94th Street and 144th Avenue

422-0974

E.K.L. Nursery School #7 5011 - 122A Street

435-5001

E.K.L. Nursery School #8 3712 - 114 Street

435-1080

Elmwood Nursery School 16415 - 83 Avenue

484-5949

Empire Park Nursery School 10725 - 51 Avenue

434-8576

9303 - 150 Avenue

476-7768

Garneau Co-Operative Four Year Old Nursery School 10943 - 84 Avenue

433-1806

Glenora Nursery School 10426 - 136 Street

452-4041

Crestwood Montessori Nursery School 9616 - 143rd Avenue

Dovercourt Nursery School

13919 - 122nd Avenue Dovercourt Pre-School 4 and 5 year olds

Evansdale Nursery School

-163TABLE 44 (cont.) NAME AND ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

LICENSED CAPACITY

Glenwood Nursery School 16430 - 97 Avenue

484-7571

Gold Bar 4 & 5 Yr. Old Nursery School 10534 - 46 Street Grant MacEwan Community College Child Enrichment Centre 10765 - 98 Street

429-2503

Green Circle Pre-School 7330 - 113 Street

Greenfields Nursery School 3735 - 114 Street

Happy Day Nursery School 13 Langle Drive FORT SASKATCHEWAN

543-2539

Hazeldean Nursery Scholl 9630 - 66 Avenue

439-0847

Highlands Baptist Nursery School 5351 - 112 Avenue

479-4348

Highlands Nursery School 11305 - 64 Street

474-7120

Holy Spirit Lutheran Church Nursery School 11223 - 51 Avenue

434-4012

Horse Hill Nursery School H.R. # 6

799-3159

Idylwylde Nursery School 8610 - 81 Street

466-1271

Inglewood Nursery School 11510 - 125 Street

454-7790

Jack and Jill Nursery School 10606 - 84 Avenue

433-3402

Japer Park Nursery School 8751 - 153 Street

484-8749

Kenilworth Nursery School 7104 - 87 Avenue

469-1711

-164TABLE 44 (cont.) NAME AND ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

LICENSED CAPACITY

Kensington Nursery School 12130 - 134A Avenue

454-6885

Killarney Nursery School 8720 - 130A Avenue

475-2029

King Edward Park Nursery School 7708 - 85 Street

469-2468

12953 - 107 Street

475-8664

Laurier Heights Nursery School 8505 - 142 Street

488-0330

Londonderry-Kilkenny Nursery School 7512 - 144 Avenue

476-0606

Lauderdale Nursery School

Malmo Plains Nursery School 4716 - 115 Street

Marr Mac's Nursery School 11451 - 40 Avenue

435-4933

Martin Estate Nursery School 10648 - 62 Avenue

434-3803

435-1366

10825 - McQueen Road

454-9839

Meadowlark 4 Year Old Nursery School 15905 - 92 Avenue

484-1287

Michener Park Nursery School Vanier House, Michener Park

434-7755

Mount Zion Lutheran Nursery School 11533 - 135 Street

455-3638

13637 - 109A Avenue

454-1682

Ottewell Nursery School No. 2 5902 - 92A Avenue

469-0093

Parkview 4 Year Old Nursery School 9135 - 146 Street

482-2720

Mary Poppins Pre-School

11135 - 65 Avenue McQueen Nursery School

North Glenora Nursery School

-165TABLE.44 (cont.) NAME AND ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

LICENSED CAPACITY

Parkview 5 Year Old Nursery School 9135 - 146 Street

482-2720

Peter Pan Nursery School & Kindergarten 11115 - 57 Avenue

439-0348

Pied Piper Nursery School 3812 - 112 Street

Pre-School Association for the Hearing Handicapped 11024 - 99 Avenue

488-7525

Readiness Centre Nursery School 11610 - 95A Street

474-6834

Redeemer Lutheran Nursery School 9654 - 74 Avenue

439-8104

Ridgewood Terrace Nursery School 16 A Ridgewood Terrace

459-7390

Rio Terrace Nursery School 15108 - 76 Avenue

482-4534

Rio Terrace 4 Year Old Nursery School 15500 - 76 Avenue

484-4737

Rossdale Nursery School 10165 - 95 Avenue

429-2461

Rosslyn Nursery School 11015 - 134 Avenue

475-4141

Royal Gardens Nursery School 4350 - 111 Street

434-8451

St. Albert Protestant Nursery School 6 Bernard Drive, St. Albert

459-6236

St. Albert Co-Operative Nursery School #5 Grenfell Avenue, St. Albert

459-3564

St. Andrew's Ukrainian Orthodox Nursery School 9831 - 75 Street

469-1463

St. Barnabas Pre-School 15911 - 107 A Avenue

489-8140

St. James Nursery School 8350 - 77 Avenue

466-1392

-166TABLE 44 (cont.) NAME AND ADDRESS

TELEPHONE

St. Stephen's United Church Nursery School 10115 - 79 Street

LICENSED CAPACITY

St. Timothy's Laurier Heights Nursery School 8420 - 145 Street

488-0330

Sherwood Heights Nursery School 270 Fir Street, Sherwood Park

467-7838

Sherwood Heights Nursery School #2 44 Greengrove Cresent, Sherwood Park

467-7838

Steele Heights Nursery School 5825 - 140 Avenue

Sturgeon Pre-School Nursery 127 Sturgeon Shoppers Plaza, Hebert Road St. Albert 459-7559

Sturgeon Valley Nursery School 53 Salisbury Avenue, St. Albert

459-4959

Thorncliff Nursery School 8215 - 175 Street

48Y-0331

Village on the Green Nursery School #800 Village on the Green

476-3996

Wellington Park Nursery School 13440 - 132 Street

454-9790

Westmount Playtime 12530 --I10 Avenue

454-8073

Whitecroft Community Nursery School R.R. #2 Sherwood Park

467-9110

Windsor Park Co-Operative 3 Year Nursery School 11814 - 87 Avenue

433-7471

Woodcroft Pre-School 13750 Woodcroft Avenue

455-4690

-167-

Kindergartens

The Kindergarten program is designed for five year olds generally on a half day basis. It provides a pre-school experience of an educational nature and assists in socialization. There has been considerable development of kindergartens in the Province as these are now fundable through Early Childhood Services Branch, Department of Education. Kindergartens may be run either through the local School Board or by parents groups. At present there are 189 classes in Edmonton. The report on pre-school children indicates the number of classes accepting disabled children and the number of disabled children enrolled in special progrnms. (see Tables 45 and 46) Kindergarten spaces are funded at the rate of $800.00 per annum. Additional funds are available for handicapped children if special provisions are necessary. TABLE 45 ADMISSION OF CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL PROBLEMS Will not accept

Problem

Will accept Will accept Will accept minimally moderately severely affected affected affected

13 15 12

Sight, hearing or speech problem Physically handicapped Medical problems

14 -

4 7

TABLE 46 ENROLLMENT OF CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL PROBLEMS Problem

Minimally Moderately Severely Affected Affected Affected

Sight Hearing Speech Physically handicapped Medical Problems

TOTAL

1 47

11 93

5 39 4

7 82

TABLE 47 KINDERGARTEN PROGRAMS FUNDED BY EARLY CHILDHOOD SERVICES Edmonton Public School Board Edmonton Separate School Board

114 Classes 50 Classes

-168TABLE 47 cont.)

Community Operated Programs Pre-School for Hearing Impaired Children 11024 - 99 Avenue Bethel Lutheran Church Bluebird K. Elementary School Paradise Valley Brentwood Kindergarten St. Thomas Anglican Church 4 Raven Drive Sherwood Park Centre D'Experience Prescolaire University Kindergarten Ring House #3 University Campus Glenrose Hospital & Alex Taylor Transitional Kindergarten 10230 - 111 Ave. & 9321 Jasper Ave. Dovercourt Pre-School Association Dovercourt Public School 122 Avenue & 139 Street Winnifred Ste--va-^t School 11130 - 131 Street Edmonton Montessori School Strathcona Baptist Church 8319 - 104 Street Edmonton Talmud Torah Kindergarten Edmonton Talmud Torah School Londonderry Child Development Center M.E. LaZerte High School 6804 - 144 Avenue Michener Park Kindergarten Society Main Floor Vanier House Michener Park People's Pent. Kindergarten 10802 - 93 Street St. Albert Protestant Kindergarten Sturgeon Valley Kindergarten Box 32 St. Albert

-169TABLE 47 (cont.) St. Albert Pre-School St. Mathew's Lutheran Kindergarten Box 1019 Spruce Grove Sherwood Park Kindergarten 990 Juniper Avenue Sherwood Park Springhill St. George's Anglican Church Parish Bldg. 11733 - 87 Avenue Sunchildren Kindergarten Society McLeod Avenue & Queen Street Spruce Grove Whitecroft and District Kindergarten Whitecroft Community Hall R.R. #2 Sherwood Park Laurier Heights Kindergarten St. Timothy's Anglican Church 85 Avenue & 142 Street St. Vincent's E. C. Enrishment Program 12909 - 113 Avenue Ecole de la Clef Doree 1098 Moyer Drive Sherwood Park Rio Terrace Kindergarten Moravian Church 15106 - 76 Avenue Marr-MacSchools 11453 - 40 Avenue

Other Pre-School Programs a. Preschool Play Program (Department of Physical Education, University of Alberta) Room 473, 432-3566 Hours: Tuesdays and Thursdays, mornings (program) Monday to Friday, 9:00 - 5:00 (staff)

The Preschool Play Program is a research program directed by the Department of Physical Education, University of Alberta. It is an individual

- 170 physical activity play program which encourages progressive gross motor and fine motor development for preschool children three to five years of age. It is designed for high priority children who exhibit delayed motor development and who should benefit from such a program. A maximum of thirty children are enrolled in the program at any one time. Children are assigned to small groups. Each group meets on the University Campus two mornings a week from September through May. The program offers: professional leadership, innovative play equipment, stimulating, creative environment, individual and group experiences, evaluation prior to following, planning of individualized developmental activities, and parent involvement. The program began in September 1973. The prerequisite for a child is one or more years retardation in motor skill develonment. Motor â&#x20AC;˘ disabilities can be any of the folloHng: mentally normal, mentally retarded, physically normal, physically retarded. The goal of the program is to develop and test appropriate motor development learning, and to teach teachers to assess these kinds of activities for boys and girls. There is a constant measurement of progress of what a child learns, hay fast he learns and how many trials it takes to learn. The program pays all costs, if any occur, e.g. need for transportation - paid. The children in the program all come from Edmonton. A child may stay in the Preschool Play Program until school age. He will then go into the regular school system or an institution if mentally retarded. A follow-up is to be done once every five years (motor assessment) to see what the long range benefit is. Staff varies from four to five people, plus extra student help during the academic year. There are five student volunteers working with the program at the present time. The program is funded by the Department of Health and Social Development and the University of Alberta. Children are referred from schools, parents, health clinics, Glenrose School Hospital, the University of Alberta Paediatric Department, etc. No information is required from an agency as the program has an extensive questionnaire to be filled out by all applicants. Progress is reported back to the parents. Liaison is maintained with the Department of Health and Social Development, the School Boards, the Public Health Clinics, etc. Information is transmitted to other agencies by a regular newsletter, T.V., radio, parent groups, and workshops. Problems seen: The respondent felt that getting access to children with motor disabilities is the biggest problem and she stressed the importance of early identification. The respondent would like to see more University of Alberta programs for potential teachers e.g. through community colleges. Recreation areas need formal training. Training i s seen a very definite problem. 05/74

- 171 -

. b. Family Day Care (Edmonton Social Services Department) 6th Floor, C.N. Tower 429-5929 Family Day Care is a preventive Social Service. It is the purchase of care in private family homes for children under three years of age or for older children up to the age of twelve who cannot be served by group care centres or the after-school program. Priority is given first to one parent families (either working or at school), then to two-parent famillgs (one working, one at school) or where there is a special need. The goal of the program is to meet the needs of children of working or student parents during working hours. The program was initiated in 1968. During February of 1974, it served 144 children. In most cases, the handicapped child must be able to function with other children. The severely handicapped are not accepted in the program. A few children have emotional problems. The acceptance of a handicapped child also dep7,erada . on whether or not they have a day care mother to match with this child. The emphasis is on boys and girls from birth to three years of age. However, the program is presently serving children from birth to twelve years of age. Day Care meets the needs of the parent(s) who know that their child is well cared for, and it meets the needs of the children for warmth, affection and guidance. Assessment is required prior to admission by the agency. Parents are assessed according to needs and priorities, as indicated above. The social v-r%er decides on the admission of a child or day care mother to the program. Progress is measured during a visit to the Day Care home. Problems and progress are discussed. An aim of the program is to make monthly visits. Children "graduate" from the program when. they reach school age, go into private care or just stay home with their natural parents. Staff consists of four social workers and 73 active day care parents (April statistics). Parent meetings are held for day care mothers and natural parents. Guest speakers are invited to speak on relevant topics. Discussions are encouraged between natural mothers and day care mothers about the child. The program is funded by Preventive Social Services. The budget for Family Day Care is $120,000.00. The costs to clients depend on their financial ability to pay; a maximum of $70.00 per child and a minimum of $10.00 per family. A deficit is expected in this fiscal year. Clients are referred by hospitals, schools, social agencies, or by self-referrals. Name, address, telephone number, and special needs information is requested from the referring agent. Family Day Care refers children to audiologists, to the Glenrose, to the University of Alberta special unit for children, to private day

- 172 care centres, to the Guidance Clinic, etc. Problems seen: The respondent felt that their main problem was getting enough homes in the right areas -- sometimes day care mothers can't keep up. Staff is not sufficient since the demand is greater than can be 06/74 handled by present personnel.

OTHER EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS

Activity Center, Alberta Association for the Dependent Handicapped 488-6884 11024 - 99 Avenue

The Activity Center is designed to develop the individual child's potential to the fullest. The staff enoourages movement (crawling, walking), and the development of speech and self-help skills and/or the communication of basic needs. The program was established by the parents and also serves to provide day-time relief for them. It began in 1973 and is serving 25 children aged 3 - 16 years of all disabilities who are partially or completely dependent. The child is admitted to the program if there is no other program available for him. The goal is to develop any potential that the child may have. The children are taught to communicate their basic needs by means of a communication board. The program develops the social awareness in the children and acceptance by themselves and others. The Board of Management, composed of three parents and one doctor, decide on admission. There is a daily measurement of the child's progress in the form of a coded report noting the degree of movement, toilet behavior, eye focus, eating behavior, concentration, bus behavior, speech and social behavior. Ninety percent of the clients are brought to the centre by the Handi-Buses Association; the others are brought by their parents. The area served by the Center is Edmonton City. When the child reaches the aee of 16 the program is no longer able to serve him. Some children go on to the Glenrose but most go home. Children are accepted on a first come, first served basis. Eleven people are on staff consisting of one nurse, two teachers, seven child-care workers and one director. Six volunteers are used as childcare workers. The Association sets the policy for the program. The program is funded by a Provincial Grant of $9.00 per day per child and service club donations. Teachers are provided by the Edmonton Public School Board. The budget of the program is $65,000.00. The cost per month per individual is $300.00. Membership fees are $10.00 per year for the parents of clients. The children are referred by doctors, social workers, hospitals, and physiotherapists. The background of the child and a description of the problem are required from the referring agent. Twice a month a report on the progress of the client is sent to the referring agent. Information about this program is available by newsletters, annual seminars and public speaking. Problems seen: The respondent feels there is a need for more funding to accommodate other children who are suitable for this program but cannot be served at present. Individuals over 16 years do not receive any training program at present. There is a lack of residential facilities for the dependent handicapped and adult activity centres. 06/74

-1732.

Special Education (Edmonton Public School Board) 429-5621 10010 - 107A Avenue

The goal of Special Education is to pfovide a learning environment which will develop to the fullest possible extent the academic and social skills of children whose needs are not met adequately in the regular school situation. Special programs are provided by the school system for the educable mentally retarded (opportunity classes), children with learning disabilities (adaptation classes), children who have visual or hearing impairments, children who are academically cifted, and children whose health problems necessitate homebound teaching services. In addition, teachers are provided by the Special Education Department of the Edmonton Public School Board, on a contract basis, to the following hospitals and institutions: Glenrose School Hospital, Royal Alexandra Hospital, University Hospital, Aberhart Hospital, Alberta Hospital (Oliver), Alberta Youth Development Centre, Westfield Diagnositc and Treatment Centre, Detention Centre, Children's Centre, Activity Centre for the Dependent Handicapped, the Child Development Ccntre of the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society, Pineview, and Terra School - MOVE, Each of the institutions is responsible for deciding which children receive service; the role of the Edmonton Public School's Special Education Department is limited to providing the educational eomp6nent. Before a child is placed in a Special Education class, a thorough educational, psychological and medical assessment is required to determine the nature and extent of the child's handicap and to provide direction for an individualized educational program. The necessary information is compiled by members of the Edmonton Public School Board's Bureau of Child Study (see separate entry), and presented to the Special Referral team which determines eligibility for Special Education class placement. Special Education classes are located in various community schools, and in as far as possible, children are placed in the most accessible class. Children are expected to use the public transit system to go to and from school, although special transportation is provided for children who are very young or who have medical problems which prevent them from using the Edmonton Transit System. Priority in Special Education is given to residents of Edmonton, although when space is available, non resident students are served. At the present time many non-residents are registered in special classes throughout the system. Once a child is placed in a Special Education class, his progress is reviewed frequently by the classroom teacher and by specialists of the Bureau of Child Study, when considered appropriate. Many children can return to regular classes after a time of apecialized help, but many have severe handicaps which require continuing individualized attention, such as is available in a Special Education class. Funds for the program are provided through the Edmonton Public School Board which receives revenue from local taxation and Provincial Government funding.'

- 174 3.

Homebound Services (Edmonton Public School Board) 12320 - 124 Street 454-0411

Homebound Services provides six teachers for students unable to participate in the regular school system who must obtain their education in the home. Service can be provided where there is a permanent or temporary disability. Where a permanent disability is involved, much of the service provided consists of the arrangement for correspondence courses, assisting with these courses, some field trips and craft work. Additionally, the teacher acquires needed materials and will contact necessary community resources. Service to the permanently disabled is generally provided on the basis of one and one-quarter hours, three times weekly. Five students of a total of 71 being served presently are permanently disabled. Medical certification must be Obtained prior to commencement of service. The service also provides teachers for the Activity Centre of the Association for the Dependent Handicapped and the Child Development Centre of the Edmonton Rehabilitation Society. The majority of students served are those on short term after hospitalization or those unable to attend regular classes of pregnancy. For the convalescent student the teacher usually closely with the child's home school and assists him in keeping up to date.

convalescence because works very his lessons

Bureau of Child Study (Edmonton Public School Board) 10010 - 107A Avenue 429-5621

About 10 years ago, the Bureau of Child Study was organized into its present form. Its goal is to decrease or eliminate handicapping conditions which prevent students from receiving optimum benefit from school experiences. Methods used to achieve these goals are: testing, case work, remedial services of an educational nature, advising parents and teachers in understanding special needs and consulting with community agencies involved with these students. Upon referring a child to the Bureau of Child Study (by teacher, counsellor or principal), the team made up of members of four disciplines studies the child's file and provides assessment casework service and/or remediation of an educational nature (i.e., speech, psychology, social work and clinical reading). Referral to the Bureau is usually initiated by the school. There are about 2,000 boys and girls served in a variety of special classes. Some of the handicaps represented in the program are: the mild mentally retarded (I.Q. above 50), emotional/social or medical problems, learning disabilities, vision problems, hearing problems, and the physically disabled. The major group is the learning disability category. One of the prerequisites for admission to a special class for the physically handicapped is a physical disability, as determined by a physician, that calls for special service or facilities.

-175Assessment is required by a variety of school system personnel including teachers and counsellors prior to admission to the program. Assessment is based on school performance, observation in the classroom setting, additional testing by specialists, and opinion of agencies familiar with the case. Parental understanding and acceptance of the placement plan is required. Some cases are dealt with on a "one shot" basis, others on a long term basis with considerable follow-up. Progress is measured by teacher observations, subjective impressions by the case worker and by formal and informal test results. The geographic priority of the program is Edmonton City children of non-Catholic parents. A few come from elsewhere in Northern Alberta. There is a waiting list i-) excess of 500 students. Most referrals are dealt with as they come in. Urgent or emergency cases receive immediate attention. A student may have to wait one month or more to be dealt with in a routine manner. Bureau staff consists of 54 people; 17 reading specialists, 9 speech and hearing clinicians, 11 social workers, 15 psychologists and 2 administrators. Resource teachers assigned to 60 elementary schools assist with tutorial work in language arts in the school setting. The program is funded by taYes and Government grants (Department of Education). The budget for the Bureau of Child Study is approximately 1 million dollars. Students are referred mainly by the schools, A statement of the problem and what has been done to date is required from the referring agent. An educational plan or treatment plan is reported back to the agent in written or verbal form. A sincere effort is made to ensure that the plan is appropriate, accepted and carried out. Some clients of the program are referred externally to: social workers, physicians, psychologists, the Child Guidance Clinic, hospitals, Family Service Association, Edmonton Social Services, etc. The quantity of service is limited by the number of staff available. Expansion is needed in all areas of existing programs because of unmet needs and demand for service. 12/74

Correspondence Education, Alberta Correspondence School 12116 - 104 Avenue 482-4461

The program provides education by correspondence from grade one to twelve. It is available to those who cannot, for some reason, study in a regular school system and it is therefore suited for homebound handicapped people. Lessons are mailed, completed by the student at home and corrected at the Correspondence School by fully qualified teachers. The program was initiated in 1923 and is serving 19,000 per year approximately 272 of which are handicapped. The program serves any type

-176of physical handicap and also the emotionally handicapped. The client must be able to read, write and understadd the lessons. All levels of physical functioning are served and the age range includes people six years and up. The goal is to provide educational services that are not otherwise available. Some courses are also offered on T.V. The staff requires an assessment of the student by a doctor and transcript of previous courses. Progress of the student is measured by grading the completed lessons. All of Alberta is served. The program is completed when the student has passed as many courses as he desires. Staff consist of 110 teachers. The Department of Education sets the policy for the program. Funds are from the Provincial General Revenue. The budget of the program is $2,000,000.00. Fees for courses are $8.00 or $15.00 per course depending on the level of the course. Students are referred from doctors, social workers, hospitals, and other agencies. Information regarding the educational background and the reason for wanting to take correspondence courses is required from the referring agent. Brochures with information about the program are available on request. Problems seen: There is a need for a wider area of courses in vocational subjects, university level courses and general interest courses. 07/74 6.

Early Childhood Services (Department of Education) 109th Street and Jasper Avenue 229-4542 Executive Building

Early Childhood Services is an attempt to develop a coordinated approach to meeting the special needs of young children, ages zero to about eight years, by considering instructional materiFis, human and physical resources, in service education of staff, parent community involvement, responsibilities for decision-making and organization in terms of a comprehensive plan. It is a separate branch of the Department of Education and its influence and services will be the result of the coordinated activities of the Department of Health and Social Development, Culture Youth and Recreation, Advanced Education, and the Department of Education. â&#x20AC;˘ Since the program began in September 1973, approximately 15,500 children have been served in the Province ruad about 5,500 from the City of Edmonton. Those handicaps represented in the program are: the mentally retarded, speech problems, blind, hearing handicapped, emotionally disturbed, learning disabilities, and those from 'disadvantaged ' areas. All of Alberta is served. All physical disabilities are represented in the program. It is geared to all levels of physical functioning. Assessment is required if special funds are requested for a handicapped child. Assessment consists of preliminary screening by involving parents and health nurses and then the appropriate referral to the individual agency for more in-depth assessment. Admission a child to the program is decided on by a local admission committee; an Early Childhood Service coordinator, parents, and interested professionals.

- 177 Generally, the individual programs would do their own measurements of progress, e.g., behavioural description of progress. If needed, transportation is available from Early Childhood Services. A child finishes the program when he enters school or another program. In some areas, a waiting list exists. Children are served on a first come, first served basis. Staff consists of ten people: seven consultants, one director and two coordinaotrs. At the local level, parents are represented on the Local Advisory Board on such issues as: (1) staffing, (2) budgeting, (3) aims and objectives of the Early Childhood Services program. On the Provincial level, parents are greatly represented. The Provincial Coordinating Council sets the policy for the program. Early Childhood Services is funded by a system of grants from the Department of Education and the Provincial Government. The budget of the program is 11.2 million dollars (1974-75 fiscal year). Costs to family vary with each individual program and may run from 0 to $20.00 per month. Children are referred from medical doctors, psychologists, community health nurses, etc. Information such as the following is required from a referring agent: the type of handicap, how they became handicapped, who is involved with the child, a description of the behaviour he exhibits and What programs are available to help the child. Problems seen: The respondent felt that problems in the program were those of: identifying a child's needs without labelling; need for development of specific programs to meet their needs, and availability of qualified staff. A need for earlier detection, assessments and remediation of handicapping conditions was expressed. 06/74

Vocational Rehabilitation for Disabled Persons (Department of Advanced Education) 11160 - Jasper Avenue Room 800 426-7640

The Vocational Rehabilitation for Disabled Persons program is for the trainable mentally retarded and physically handicapped men and women in the Province of Alberta. Participation in the program enables clients to go to such places as: Alberta Vocational Centre, W.I.R.T.C., N.A.I.T., and the University of Alberta. The main goal is to educate and provide or improve their clients employability in the community. They feel there is a need to expand programs in industry and other agencies. There is also a need for greater awareness of what other agencies are doing and what they have to offer. Even though a person may have qualifications for a particular job (after going through the program) V.R.D.P. and others have great difficulty in placing them in suitable employment. The program began in 1961 and is presently serving 900 people.

-178All categories of disabilities are represented in the program. V.R.D.P. is geared to the functionally independent. The partially dependent would be served depending on the kind of disability the client has (e.g. quadreplegic living in a nursing home could go to University, get a degree, and a good paying job later on - therefore each case must be assessed). The only prerequisite is that the client must be able to communicate and must be trainable. It is geared to an age range of 17 years and over. Family benefits and a feeling of personal worth result from participation in the program. Assessment is required prior to admission. It is done by A.V.C. and physicians. Assessment consists of the following: background information from private agencies - any social, psychological, vocational background, vocational counselling with this staff (V.R.D.P.) and if necessary, the client is sent out for psychological testing. A committee of three decides on admission. Progress is measured by reports from the involved institutions or industries. A committee reviews all clients and their progress at the end of each semester or the end of the year. If a client is unable to pay for their transportation, V.R.D.P. will provtde it. This is an open-ended program. A client "graduates" when he or she becomes employed in industry, etc. But a client can always return if the work situation is not suitable to him, and go on for further education. Follow-up consists of finding out how the clients are doing and seeing if training has helped better their employment potential. Because they are short of vocational counsellors follow-up is only done once. Staff consists of nine vocational counsellors. Initial staff training begins with learning the regulations, going through the files, starting with one case at a time, and going to the senior counsellor for review. An interdepartment committee sets the policy for the program. An appropriation of funds is made through the Department of Advanced Education. The total budget of the agency is $1,580,000.00. The cost per individual varies according to each need and may go as high as $2,000.00, if needed. The average length of time for an individual in the program is two to three years. Clients are referred by physicians, social workers, hospitals, private agencies, Department of Health and Social Development, lawyers, self-referrals, etc. Information such as the nature of the problem, bare social history (implications in training), and any psychological and social assessments, are requested from a referring agent. Progress is reported back if requested. V.R.D.P. refers its clients to: Debtor's Assistance Board, Department of Health and Social Development, marriage counsellors(Department of Health and Social Development) and to other agencies concerning their own personal disability, e.g. Canadian Paraplegic Association & Epilepsy Association, etc.

-179Problems seen: The respondent felt that there would be a need for more staff and more money in the future, as well as the need to develop other programs. Placements of clients is very difficult. It was suggested that Community Colleges and Universities could develop sub-degree programs.

Disabled Students Assistance Fund 4307 - 116 Street 435-1790

The purpose of this fund is to provide small grants to physically handicapped University of Alberta students to compensate for expenses for unique items related to their disability, e.g. need for a tape recorder. Grant requests should not exceed $100.00 and total grant monies in the fund at present is $300.00. Application for grant assistance is to be made to a screening committee c/o Mx. Wickman at the above address. This program was initiated in 1972 and is limited to physically disabled students. All applications go before a screening committee which discusses the application for need and makes a final decision. 06/74 9.

Glenrose School Hospital (see section on Health Services)

-180VIII,

SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS

We live in a society which, while placing increasing value on leisure time, is still based upon the work ethic and then expects "productive" use of leisure time as well as expecting "producticity" during working hours. Many of the disabled, particularly those more severely handicapped, have a great deal of leisure time. However, opportunities for socializing, for meeting new people, for creative and intellectual experiences, which are extremely important for the disabled person, because of frequent exclusion from other pursuits, are difficult. Limitations in mobility, health problems, inadequate transportation, and inaccessible facilities make the realization of social and recreational activities difficult and the scope of activities become limited. High costs of many activities additionally limit participation even if accessible. Philosrlphically speaking, based upon the principles of normilization, all activities that are open to the general community should be available to the disabled. The reality of the situation, however, dictates that special provision is still necessary. The services described in this section are those which take into account the disabilities and abilities of these people. 1.

Handicapped Drop-In Centre (West 10) 143 St. & 104 Ave. (Grovenor Recreation Center) 482-6511

The Handicapped Drop-In Center is a place where physically or mentally handicapped youth, ages 13 to 20, may gather with other teens in a program of recreational and social activities. The program is open two nights a week, on Tuesday and Thursday from 7:00 to 9:00 p.m. The teens plan all their own activities. On Thursday nights they plan what they will do on the weekend, e.g. going to Rodeo's, Camp He-Ho-Ha, the zoo, etc. The program began May 25, 1974 and will finish at the end of August. At present there are 15 teens in the program eight of whom are physically handicapped, and six who are mentally retarded. It is geared to functionally independent and partially independent girls and boys. The program is also integrated with the neighborhood teens. Age is the only prerequisite for admission. The goal of the Drop-In Centre is to give these teens a place to go and something to do, as well as meeting other teens who are not handicapped. One of the fringe benefits to the handicapped participants is that they are out doing things that they've never done before. The program is open to handicapped teens from Edmonton City. Transportation then is their hi...'ost problem, because some of these teens come from all over the City and it is difficult for them to get to the Drop-In Centre. Others are too shy to take a bus. There are four coordinators or leaders in the program. They do the organizing of weekend outings. Other than this, the total input and program direction is governed by the teens involved.

- 181 A grant from the Department of Youth, Culture and Recreation provided $160.00 per month for four staff and $100.00 for outing expenses. Teens were referred to the Drop-In Centre from a variety of sources. A few of them were referred by a hospitals, one by a social worker, some were selfreferrals, some from Parks and Recreation, and others from Camp He-Ho-Ha. The only information requested from a referring agency was the teens name and age. Information about the Centre was transmitted by phone, by press (West 10 and Handicap Forum), and by personal visits to the Glenrose and Winnifred Stewart School to generate interest among the teens. Although the grant runs out at the end of August, it is the hope of those teens involved that it will be set up as an ongoing program. 06/74

Amputee Ski Association Percy Page Centre - 459-4619 13 Mission Avenue, St. Albert

Amputee Ski Association was organized in 1972 to provide ski instruction and lend ski equipment to amputees. There are presently 30 members.

Charles Best Camp Canadian Diabetic Association #301, 10102 - 101 Street 429-0931

The aim of the program is to give a camping experience to diabetic children under complete medical and diabetic supervision. Education on diabetQs is stressed, for example administration of insulin is taught. The program began in 1958 and is serving 85 people at present. It has served about 760 people since its beginning. The camp serves only children with diabetes aged 6-13 years who are functionally independent. The goal of the program is to make the diabetic child realize that he can live with diabetes and lead a full life. The primary method to achieve this is by direct and indirect education. All children within the age group and with diabetes are admitted to the program. Parents drive the children to the camp. The area served is Northern Alberta and half of the children come from Edmonton City. Fifteen people are on staff consisting of nurses, doctors and dieticians. Four to six volunteers are used as dietary helpers. The camp committee and program director set policy for the camp. Parents pay 40% of the camp fees, the rest is payed by donations and fund raising. The budget of the program is $10,000.00. The cost per individual per 12 day camp is $65.00. People can be referred by doctors, social workers, hospitals, schools and members of the Association. Information about the age of the child and if he is diabetic is required from the referring agent. Information about this program can be obtained through the media

-187 and brochures. At present the problem faced by the program is the lack of campers. There is a need to have a weekend camp for an older age . group like teenagers and adults. Problems seen: There is a problem for diabetics to find jobs because of insurance policies and the lack of education of the public regarding diabetes. 06/74

Pre-School Recreational Program Edmonton Parks and Recreation 10th Floor, C.N. Tower 425-7450

Edmonton Parks and Recreation conducts the following programs for pre-school children: â&#x20AC;˘ a. Playschools b. 4 year program c. weekly program The content of these programs is similar, consisting of active games, music, story-telling, self-directed or free play, development of vocabulary, and listening skills. The academic content is incidental and takes place through games. The playschools are primarily for 5 year olds, are offered 3 days per week for 2 hour sessions. These are offered primarily in areas where no kindergartens are available. The "four year old programs" are run twice weekly and have the same content adapted to suit the abilities of the four year old child. The "weekly" programs are offered once per week for two hours or less and serve children 3 to 5 years old. Frequently these concentrate on gymnastics (excercise) or music. These programs operate from October until April, in many locations throughout the City. A maximum of 20 children are allowed in a class. They are u7ually run by a group of parents and staff are provided by Parks and Recreation. These programs are jointly funded by the parents and by Parks and Recreation which has budgeted $80,000.00 for them. These have not been significantly utilized for the handicapped child, but are programs which have a potential use.

Mothers Day Out Programs c/o. Edmonton Parks and Recreation South East Recreation Centre 7728 - 82 Avenue 469-0484

'Mothers day out" programs have not been effectively utilized for the handicapped but are a potential resource. These programs are run by the parents themselves and assisted by Edmonton Parks and Recreation.

-183The program content is similar to the pre-school program offered by. Parks and Recreation but on a less structured more loosely organized basis. Staff may be volunteers or paid. The primary purpose is to give the parent time away from the child. These programs are generally offered in the mornings on a weekly basis from September till March. They are presently offered in a number of locations throughout the City.

Handicapped Playground (Recreation for the Handicapped Sherwood Park) 785 Cottonwood Avenue 467-6203 Hours: Monday, Wednesday & Friday from 10:00 to 1:00

The Handicapped Playground is designed to meet the recreational needs of the handicapped children in Sherwood Park. The program of activities includes crafts, games, free play, special events, and field trips. The activities take place on the playground site (located at Spruce Avenue and Sycamore Street) on Mondays and Wednesdays. Fridays are designated for Cield trips. Non-handicapped children have been incorporated into the program with great success. Washroom facilities have been provided by Robin Hood School as well as use of their playground and equipment and activity centre (on rainy days). This program began on July 1, 1974 and presently serves 12 children. It is felt that about 40 children could be served. There are no prerequisites required because of integration. Initiated 'or the retarded, physically handicapped are accepted. The age range served is 3-19 years. People will be accepted from all of Strathcona County but the priority is the Town of Sherwood Park. People are generally self-referred and learn about the program through newspaper articles and brochures. The staff consists of a coordinator and three playground workers. Volunteers are used for a considerable portion of the program to get a one to one ratio of children to adults. At present there are 15 volunteers. The parent group has considerable input into the program and staff gets additional direction and input from the Sherwood Park Recreation Department. A S.T.E.P. (Summer Temporary Employment Program) grant covers the salaries of the coordinator and two workers. Donations pay for equipment and third worker. Problems seen: The respondent indicates that they would like to have permanent funding for the program. 07/74

-1847.

Sports and Recreation Program (Paralympic Sports Association) 439-5520 7127 Aberhart Hospital

In January 1965, the Paralympic Sports Association was formed in Edmonton. (Calgary followed Edmonton's example forming the CAlgary Wheelchair Sports and Recreation Club a few years later) The main objectives of the Association are: to provide recreation and sport activities for those people with a physical disability normally requiring the use of a wheelchair and; to encourage handicapped people to pursue athletic performance worthy of National and International competitions Recreational Activities offered during the year are: painting, bowling, table tennis, dancing, shuffleboard, fishing derbies, billiards, crafts, photography, riflery, bingo, socials, cards, archery, swimming and square dancing. A smaller proportion of wheelchair athletes possess the desire and willingness to spend long hours in perfecting their athletic skills. For these people there are the competitive athletics both at national and international levels. This encompasses track events, shot put, javelin, duscus, swimming, arc-ncry, riflery, slalom, table tennis, billiards, club throw, and precision javelin. At present, there are regional and Canadian championships. The outstanding athletes in these ccmpetitions are selected for Canadats international teams. International competition for wheelchair athletes i include the Pan-American and Para-Olympic Games, held the same years as the games for non-handicapped athletes. There are also the StokeManderville Games held in Britain every year except Para-Olympic years. There are 165 members presently in the program. Although there is no specific age range, it is gealed to the mid-fifty's and down. Sixtyfive percent of the people served in the program are physically disabled. In the recreation program there is no limit or level of function set. In the sports program national competitions, the competitions must be as independent as possible Some of the categories of physical disabilities presently served are: polio; muscular dystrophy; multiple sclerosis; cerebral palsy; spinal cord dcfe3ts; other neurological dyskinesis, amputees, arthritics (degenerative and rheumatoid) and respiratory disorders. - Those that have attained a level of excellence allowing them to tAke part in national and internationel meets get the benefits of international travel and as a resu-nt, meet new people all over the world. In the area of sports, assessment of the competitor is required and done by a medical doctor. It consists of classifying the individual according to his handicap or physical capabilities, and a certificate stating that he is medically fit. Locally, a committee of doctors and physiotherapists decide on the admission of an athlete. Progress of an athlete is measured through observation and by checking his/her records and comparing past competitions.

-185There are no paid staff in the program only volunteer staff. In sports there are 20 people; 1 over-all coordinator, 1 team manager, 6 coaches, 1 equipment manager and 11 volunteers to assist. In recreation there is 1 over-all coordinator and a committee of 5 or 6. Regular meetings allow for direct input into the program by the participants themselves. Many of the Board Members are participants, and it is they who set the policy for the program. The program is funded by the following sources: fund raising (70%), donations (10%), membership 1 to 2%), and Federally (50% for travel only). The total budget for 1974 is $28,000.00. Membership fees are $2.00/year per person. Participants in the programs are often referred from hospitals, physiotherapists, from friends, by word of mouth, the C.P.A., physicians, etc. â&#x20AC;˘ Clients in the program may be referred to agencies such as the Canadian Parapelegic Association, Social Services for the Disabled or the Handicapped Housing Society, other special services. Information about the program is transmitted to other agencies through meetings, by word of mouth, by brochures and the media. Problems seen: In the sports program, the respondent defined problem areas as follows: - a need for more full time people (staff, general office, program directors) - recruitment of active handicapped - difficulty in keeping people involved - need for permanent facilities for programs There were no major problems in recreation other than the need to involve more people. The respondent indicated that public awareness and acceptance of the physically handicapped is still lacking in todays society. He felt that agencies serving the handicapped are too service orientated and not 06/74 doing enough about the total person.

Recreation Services to Special Groups Branch Department of Culture, Youth and Recreation 14th Floor, C.N. Tower 429-7651

The Branch provides consultative services, information, provincial regional and area workshops, and financial assistance to various clientele to facilitate greater recreational opportunities for the mentally and physically disabled, pre-school children, senior citizens and those in correctional institutions, while making the public aware of the existence

-186 and needs of these individuals and groups. These services may be provided to municipalities, recreation boards, associations, agencies, government departments, groups, individuals and institutions. Present activities include: 1 - financial assistance is provided to provincial sports and recreation associations. 2 - consultation for development of recreation programs for special groups.

3 -

information on materials and resources concerning recreation programs for special groups.

4 -

leadership projects - branch assists in organizing and sponsoring of workshops and courses on an area, regional and provincial basis in a wide range of recreation needs and activities.

5 - loan services of film and slides on recreation for special groups

6 -

competitions coordination in cooperation with Sports and Fitness Branch. e.g. Alberta Special Games, Wheelchair Games. 7 - planning and research - staff will assist in planning and research by advising, participating in or directing projects.

8 - planning of physical facilities for recreation purposes for the disabled.

Edmonton Parks and Recreation Department Programs for the Disabled 10th Floor, C.N. Tower 454-7715

The Parks and Recreation Department provides a large number of programs for the disabled designed to provide recreation and exercise for disabled young people. All programs are open to both physically and mentally handicapped people. Transportation is provided to and from the programs. The programs are: 1. Junior Activities Program for Disabled Children - for children 6-12 years. The program consists of physical activities, games, arts and crafts, music, drama and special events. 2. Red Cross Swim Lessons: disabled children 6 years and up. 3. Ski lessons: disabled children 7 years and up. 4. Woodwork: 8 years and up. 5. Horseback riding: 8 years and up.

-1876. Gym and Swin: 6 years and up. 7. Special Swim for Physically Disabled Children: This swim period is designed to accommodate those children who, for various reasons, cannot swim in cold water. Non-instructional and each child must be accompanied by a parent or guardian. Integrated social functions for 8. Social Club: Adolescents & Adults all disabled - planned to provide an opportunity for the disabled in our community to have social contact and personal development through the provision of a recreation program for leisure time enjoyment: hay rides, pot-luck suppers, camp-outs, games, movies an field trips. 9. Craft and Hobby Night: Adolescents & Adults. Ceramics, leather, weaving, stitchery. 10. Drop-In Centre Program (Activity Night) Activities are planned by the participants and may include: discussions, speakers, field trips, gym activities. Program concludes each night with a social swim. 11.- Social swim for Adolescents and Adults. 12. Day Program for disabled geriatrics: billiard, card games, shuffleboard and socializing. 13. Day Program for Adult Disabled: participants plan activities themselves with assistance from staff. Program may include: field trips, crafts, cards, charm courses, socializing. 14. Ceramics for Physically Disabled. 15. Bowling for Disabled. 16. Skiing for Adolescents and Adults. 17. Transportation is provided to and from programs. These are the main programs offered by the Parks and Recreation Department. The Fourth World club under Parks and Recreation provides many more activities and for information on the above programs or Fourth World programs contact Mrs. Leadlay at 454-7715. The program was initiated in 1968 and is at present serving 700800 people of which approximately 300 are phvsically handicapped, and 400 mentally ill or retarded. Any kind of disability is served and the program is geared to all levels of physical functioning. The goal of the program is to provide some opportunity for recreation to the disabled as it is offered to other people. Part of this is to make the individual socially accepted and develop skills to integrate with the community. The Staff decides on admission and the progress of the client is measured subjectively through interaction with the staff. Transportation is provided by the Handi-Buses Association, car pools and service clubs. The program serves Metropolitan Edmonton with 9/10 of the clients coming from Edmonton City. The client can leave the program whenever he desires to do so. The only programs that have a waiting list are skiing and horseback riding with 10-30 people of the list. The program has 24 staff who are trained in the handling of handicapped people, leadership training techniques, specific disabilities and skill development. 07/74

-18810.

Handicapped Scouting (Boy Scouts of Canada - Edmonton Region) 434-9811 or 142 St. & 109 Ave. 5212 - 126 Street

Handicapped Scouting (Edmonton Region) consists of two groups, the 30th Cub Pack and Scout Troop. The program was initated in 1969, to bring scouting to the handicapped child who cannot fcel comfortable with his neighborhood scout group. The program is molded for the individual and the group as a whole. This is why it is important that the groups remain small in numbers. If need be, extra leaders will be found in order to preserve these small groups. The leaders are trying to bring out the very best in these children, whatever it may be, by offering them a kindly challenge. It is their goal to integrate them into the community. Since it began the program has served 28 boys and presently serving 11 boys. The groups are limited to the physically disabled and all physical disabilities are accommodated. An example of some of the disabilities served at the present are: muscular dystrop-py, cerebral palsy, congenital lisp, club foot, epilepsy, spastics, gross speech disabilities, and the multi-problem. Handicapped Scouti*: is geared to the functionally independent although the partially dependent may possibly be served also. The present age range is 8 to 16. The program is geared to serve boys 8 to 18 years of ege. Through participation in the Handicapped Scouting program the following "fringe benefits" have resulted for the boys: friendships are formed, community and rational identity is felt because of the uniform at attendance at nation wide Jambories, and they become more confident in their community setting. A verbal assessment is made prior to admission to the pr6gram to see what group the boy would best suited for. Leaders of the groups decide on admission of a boy. Measurement of the child's progress is closely watched. The first measurement is - enjoymeht, is he getting any enjoyment from the group; 2 - what is his attendance record; 3 - badges. There is no formal follow-up when they leave the troop, but they do keep in touch. Occasionally there is a waiting list, but it is quickly taken care of. There are three leaders in the program and they sometimes have a resource person for one day. All staff are volunteers. The program itself is Thsed on the Boy Scouts of Canada program and just modified as needed to fit the different groups. The cubs or scouts often help plan the program with guidance. The program is funded by two sources: from sponsors (80%) and from the boys(20%). The boys raise money by having bottle drives, car washes, ticket sales, etc. The budget for each group varies, since it depends on what activities each group carries out. Their activities are planned for according to how much money they have raised.

-189-

Membership dues are E'''5.50/boy/year. This goes to the service centre. Boys are referred to the scouting program from parents, the HandiBus Association, and from Edmonton Scout Leaders (from "normal" scout groups). Information required from the referring agent consists of: what the disability is, the extent of the disability, and any peculiarities that might arise; medication required; fatigue level of the boy; his emotional stability and what grade he is in. OccasDnally a boy is referred to a "noirmal" scout troop. Information about the program is transmitted by mail, informal talks and conferences. Problems seen: The respondent feels that there is a need to expand the program to two more groups for the learning disabled child. At present they are too spread out in the City; it is a very inadequate situation. The loneliness after they leave school and their friends, is still an unmet need of these individuals. It was suggssted that a semi-annual conference be set up, to expose the work to other agencies in the community. Transportation poses a big problem. 05/74

11.

Handicapped Guiding, Girl Guides of Canada 477-1782 12039 - 95A Street

This is a recreational program utilizing crafts, games and other activities to make handicapped girls from age 6-14 more self-sufficient and considerate of others and to teach them other basics of living with people around them. The program was initiated in 1964 and is presently serving 70 people of all disabilities and all levels of functioning. The age range served is 6-14 years. In this program young girls learn to get along with others. The leader of the pack decides on admission and a girl has to be mentally or physically handicapped to enter this program. The progress of the client is measured by the tasks she does to receive badges and pins. Transportation is provided by the parents. The area served by this program is Alberta with 80% of the clients coming from Edmonton City. The client leaves the program at age 14. Staff consists of 8 people, one captian, 2 lieutenants and 5 brown owls. Staff is trained before working with the girls in weekly winter training classes. The entire staff voluntary. The Girl Guides of Canada sets the policy for the program. Funds come from donations and the United Way. The budget of the program is $300.00 per year and membership fees are $3.00 per year. The average length of time for a girl to be in the program is 8 years. Clients can be referred by hospitals, schools, physiotherapists, and psychologists. Information regarding the level of functioning of the client is required from the referring agent. Progress is reported back to the referring agent by phone. Information about this program is transmitted by word of mouth. Problems seen: The problems seen in the areas of guiding for handicapped girls are the lack of leaders and no available programs for children over 14 years. The respondent feels more Government support is needed in this area. 05/74

-190 12.

Y.W.C.A. 10032 - 103 Street

422-8176

The Y.W.C.A. provides recreational programs of a great variety for any member of the general public including the handicapped. All programs are open to the handicapped. Some of the programs offered are gym and Tears, kindergarten, mother's day out, swim for people six months to 80 : keep fit, yoga, painting, nut -ition, interior design, English for new Canadians, weaving, ceramics, self protection for women,and many others. The Y.W.C.A. was initiated in 1907 in Edmonton and at present 2000 people are served per week. Accommodation for the handicapped in any program can be provided as the need arises. All levels of functioning are served as long as the client can get into the building. The emphasis is on females but males are accepted except for the residence which is limited to females. The Y.W.C.A. serves people aged six months and up. The goal of the program is the adjustment and development of the individual with the emphasis on prevention rather than treatment. The method to achieve this is through social recreation, education, fitness education, socialization and provision of residence. The ben-fits that have resulted to clients from these programs are socialization in interaction with others during courses or while taking meals and the forming of lasting friendships. Anybody who applies is accepted into the Y.W.C.A. It serves Metropolitan Edmonton. Sometimes follow-up is provided to further develop the potential of the client. Staff consists of 37 full time and 100 part time employees. 70 volunteers are used on the board and committee, for instruction and clerical work and on the switchboard. The Board of Directors sets policies through the program committee. Funds are provided by the United Way (30%) and the rest is raised through fees for programs, room and board and the cafetria. The total budget of the agency is $436,163.00. An individual stays on a program an average time of 36 weeks. Membership is optional and costs $5.00 per year. Fees for programs vary according tn the length of the program. Participants can be referred by doctors, schools, parents, friends and any other agencies. Applicants for the residence program must provide some information as to health, mental condition and some family background is required. The Y.W.C.A. has referred people to a great number of agencies including community nurses, Parks and Recreation, Catholic Charities, Social Services, Chimo, Overnight Shelter and the Alcohol and Drug Abuse Commission. Information about the YJ1.C.A. is transmitted by the media, word of mouth, brochures and various agencies. Problems seen: The problems of the program are a lack of space and money, insufficient building and rising costs. There is a need for expansion of the program in all areas. The problems handicapped people have to face according to the respondent are rapid transit, transportation costs, building accessibility and elevator construction. 06/74

- 191 13.

Camp Health, Hope, Happiness - He-Ho-Ha 10226 - 109 Street 424-6555 Operated by the Associated Canadian Travellers)

As the name implies the camp was designed and developed primarily for the purpose of providing health, hope and happiness for the disabled of all ages. No one will be deprived of a camping experience through the lack of funds. The facilities consist of 18 buildings, fully modern and completely winterized. There are summer and winter camps and all activities are designed for the handicapped. The program was initiated in 1959 and approximately 600 people are served per year. All handicaps are served if the person is able to function to some degree, i.e. they must be partially able to take care of themselves. The age range served is from 6 years and up. The goal is to provide a 2 week camping experience to as many handicapped as possible. An assessment by a doctor consisting of an evaluation of the camper is required prior to admission. The office staff decides on admission. Transportation to the camp is provided by Associated Canadian Travellers (A.C.T.). The areas eerved is Northern Alberta. Staff consists of 45 people, counsellors, orderlies, director, maintenance and kitchen staff. Seven volunteers are used as counsellors. The Board of Directors sets the policies for the program. The budget of the program is $160,000.00 and the cost per individual per two week camp is $120.00. Any deficit is covered by the Alberta Crippled Children's Fund. Clients are referred by doctors, A.R.C.D., health units, hospitals, schools, etc. Information about this program is transmitted by a monthly report and quarterly meetings. Funds and staff are sufficient at present and there is no need for expansion of the program. All funds for the camp are provided by A.C.T. through various means of fund raising and donations. 06/74

14.

Cultural Society of the Deaf 11305 - 66 Street 479-5737

Cultural' Society of the Deaf provides cultural and recreational activities for deaf persons such as one-act plays, singing in sign language, pantomimes, dancing, sewing, embroidery, hooking, etc. Presently, it is inactive. 15.

Shut-In Service, Edmonton Public Library #7 Sir Winston Churchill Square 429-5351

The aim of the program is to provide library material to people who are unable to use the library themselves. People in the City are looked after by volunteers going to the homes of the individuals finding out thier preferences and providing them with books from any branch library.

-192The program began in 1973 and is serving 98 people at home and 280-300 in institutions. All handicaps can be served as long as a person is unable to get to the library. All levels of physical functioning and all ages are covered by the program. The goal of the program is to reach people in the City who are unable to reach the local library. Some fringe benefits of the program are friendships that form between the "shut-in" and the volunteer, and personal contact with other people. The coordinator of the program assesses the client's need for the service by a telephone call. The client has to be in a long-term confinement in order to qualify for the service. The area served is Edmonton City. There may sometimes be a waiting list for the service depending on the availability of volunteers. Staff consists of one coordinator and one part-time helper and 75 volunteers. The coordinator sets the policy for the program. The program is funded by the City of Edmonton Library budget. The budget of the program is $15,000.00. Clients can be referred by social workers, Home Care, friends, school and various other agencies. The referring agent is asked to state the type of the client's confinement. Information about the program is available through brochures, radio, T.V., newspapers and posters. Problems seen: There is a lack of volunteers on this program who could go to nursing and senior citizen's homes. The respondent felt that there is a lack of institutional care designed for young people. It was also felt that the volunteers working for this program are a tribute to the citizens of Edmonton. 06/74

16.

Catholic Mission to the Deaf Box 695, Leduc, Alberta 446-3253

The program provides religious services and total ministry to the hearing handicapped from birth to death. Some other aspects of the program include counselling, marriage preparation, religious instruction for children and interested adults. There is a shared responsibility for the Pax Natura ranch for the deaf. The program began in 1967 and is serving about 100 deaf or hard of hearing people of all ages who are functionally independent. The goal of the program is to serve the religious and human needs of the deaf population of Edmonton area. The methods to achieve this are religious instruction, counselling, visiting and coordinating anybody who comes is accepted into the program. The area served is Metropolitan Edmonton with 85% of the clients coming from Edmonton City. Staff consists of three people in the teaching position. Two volunteers are used in teaching. The deaf community sets the policy for the program. Funds come from Sunday Church collections and the Catholic Archdiocese of Edmonton. The budget of the program is $1,000 per year. Problems seen: The problems seen by the respondent are: there are hardly any professionals in service giving agencies who know sign language or deafness; there is great need for a psychiatrist who can understand deaf people. A good course in communication is available at Alberta Collegemore professional people should be encouraged to take it. 07/74

-19317.

Cross of Christ Lutheran Church for the Deaf, Edmonton 434-1671 11460 - 60 Avenue

Spiritual services include: worship, education, fellowship, social ministry, pastoral care and counselling. The deaf of all ages and all degrees of hearing loss are served in areas where needs are as yet unmet. Strong emphasis is placed on personal, family and vocational counselling and on developing a strong self-concept in the deaf person. The Church began in 1956 and is serving over 500 deaf people of all ages who are functionally independent. The goal of the program is to make the deaf person accept himself and to make the public accept the deaf person. The method to achieve this is to apply the gospel to the lives of the deaf people. The Church Board decides on admission. Progress is measured by his involvement and activity. The area served is Alberta with 300 people coming from Edmonton. Staff consists of one minister and one secretary. Over 50 volunteers are used in all areas of spiritual and social ministry. The CLurch Board sets the policy for the Church. Funds come from Mission Funds from the Head Office and Deaf Membership. The budget of the Church is $32,000.00. People can be referred by doctors, hospitals, social workers, schools and courts. People usually stay for life. The Church has referred people to other agencies who are able to meet the needs of the deaf. Problems seen: There is a great need for counselling for the deaf due to the fact that educational, vocational and social services do not and cannot communicate with the deaf person. There is also a need to 07/74 staff agencies serving the deaf with deaf workers.

18.

Alberta Handicapped Forum 8518 - 112 Street #1207 433-1929 Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30 - 5:00

The Alberta Handicapped Forum is a newspaper written by disabled Albertans and circulated throughout the Province to all mentally and physically handicapped citizens. As well it is sent to every medical doctor, chiropractor, nursing home, hospitals, auxiliary hospitals, and health unit within the Province. Subscription is voluntary. The stipulated goal of the paper is to report news that is prevalent to disabled Albertans in condensed form in a monthly publication. A long term of the Forum is to buiLd it to a â&#x20AC;˘:mall printing company which will do community level printing on a commercial basis. A business office is maintained at the above address and one in Calgary at 2211-505, 4th Avenue, S.W. Full time staff are hired by the Forum. Their functions are - bookkeeping, editing, advertising sales, copy writing, proof reading, layout, reporting and photography, typing, etc. Volunteers are used occasionally in a variety of activities. They assist with addressing the papers, bundling and tieing the newspapers, etc. Volunteers also write in copy from all over Alberta.

-194Alberta Handicapped Forum is primarily concerned with Provincial and National problems. It is funded by: Federal sources - 70%, advertising - 15%, Ability Fund - 12%, subscriptions - 3%. Gross expenditure for the last six months was $42,000.00. There are no criteria for membership - anyone is eligible for a subscription. Voluntary subscription is $3.00 per year. At this time, there are in excess of 9,000 readers getting the paper. Approximately 60% of the readers are physically or mentally handicapped, and 40% are read by agencies and professional workers. Problems seen: Funding is a major problem for the Forum. 07/74

19.

Donna Graham Memorial Fund Scholarship 13711 - 90 Avenue 488-6843

The Donna Graham Memorial Fund Scholarship provides a grant of $250.00 to an artist in Alberta who is handicapped. The funds may be used at the discretion of the winning artist with no restrictions. It is available to persons in any medium of the arts, literary, visual etc. The scholarship is awarded in the Fall of each year. A letter stating that the artisc. is handicapped must accompany the application and a submission of the work must be made. The Fund began in 1971.

-195IX.

PLANNING AND SERVICE COORDINATION

As is the case with many of the system of services for gpecial groups in the community, there are, for the physically disabled, a multiplicity of services and service providers. These services and providers are voluntary organizations or Governmental (.1.Tunicipal, Provincial or Federal) agencies. Traditionally, each service provider has set its own priorities and determines for itself in which areas extension of services or additional services are necessary. Services for the disabled in Edmonton have not existed in a vacuum. The high dependency of many of the disabled on health or medical services has made these the central focus in the service network. The trend towards the realization of Governmental involvement in and financing of health services via Alberta Health Services Commission and Alberta Hospital Services has ensured a degree of comprehensive planning and service coordination in this area. Other areas of service still lack this degree of compreh, nsive planning and coordination. A vehicle for comprehensive planning and coordination of services is a necessity to insure an adequate and comprehensive network of services to meet the needs. The Department of Health and Social Development's Division of Services for the Handicapped was set up as a vehicle to promote the provision of comprehensive services via purchase of services from community groups. A number of voluntary associations of service providers in the community also exist. The roles of these groups vary from setting priorities of services, to information exhange to funding of ser-ices.

Edmonton Regional Committee on Recreation for the Disabled 11406 - 76 Avenue 435-6807

The Committee is a body of representatives from a variety of agencies dealing with the entire spectrum of disabilities. The purpose is to stimulate people and progress in the area of recreation for people with special problems. Information is disseminated through minutes of meetings mailed to associations on the mailing list. The Association acts as a pressure group through letters and meetings. The goals of the Association are to serve as a planning and coordinating body in stimulating the development of programs for the disabled in their area; the cause of recreation for the disabled in their area; the cause of recreation for the disabled citizen is promoted in every way. Needs of the disabled, areas of duplication and gaps in the service are identified and findings are brought to the attention of those concerned. Policies and regulations are recommended to the Alberta Board on Recreation for the Disabled inso-far as they relate to problems of a Provincial nature. The Association has 35 active and 60 passive members all of which are volunteers. Members attend meetings of the committee and sub-committees and meet with individuals having to do with the specific area they are dealing with at any one time. The committee is legally incorporated under the Societies Act and is concerned with problems on a local, Provincial and National basis. The committee is provided with material by the Department of Culture, Youth and Recreation, City Parks and Recreation and separate

-196city agencies. Interest in recreation for the disabled is the only criteria for membership which consists of 95 agencies at present. The members are involved in new project consultation, suggestions and stimulation of interest with members. Meetings are held monthly in the Percy Page Recreation Centre in St. Albert. The workings of the committee are publicized by the media. Problems seen: The major problems for the handicapped are with transportation, communication, facilities and leadership. There is also a lack of Government realization of unmet needs of the handicapped. There 06/74 should be more coordination in services for the handicapped.

Ability Fund 10325 - 83 Avenue

433-4937

The Ability Fund (formerly known as the March of Dimes) is a National campaign seeking funds to be used for rehabilitation purposes for the disabled. Nationally, the Ability Fund is under the auspices of the Canadian Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled. The Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled has the Provincial franchise which is broken down into four areas. The Handicapped Housing Society was awarded the Edmonton and district franchise. A National campaign is held annually from January through March. However, in Edmonton, the concentration period of the campaign will take place between January 15 and February 15. The Edmonton drive is unique in the fact that it is the only major fund drive in Canada that is conducted by the handicapped and for the handicapped. During the 1974 campaign, over 45,000 dollars was raised. Expanses and allocations include: campaign expenses $10,235.00; A.R.C.D. for support $2,254.00; Handicapped Housing Society $15,398.00; capital fund reserve $3,000.00; transportation study reserve $1,000.00; 111A - Handicapped Joint Comlittee $250.00; Handicapped Forum $3,000.00; Social Services for the Disabled $10,000.00. Solicitations are made from the public at large and allocations are as mentioned above. The Ability Fund was initiated for the 1974 campaign. The goal is to raise sufficient funds to enable the various handicapped organizations to be completely financed independent of Government and other agencies. There are three aspects to the campaign: a) business appeal campaign; b) high-rise blitz and c) mail out campaign. For an organization to qualify for funds from the Ability Fund, they must be a physically disabled group and must be working towards improving the life styles of the disabled. Their programs must be effective and the group must indicate financial responsibility. Admission of the group for funding is decided by the Board of Directors of the Handicapped Housing Society. The Fund operates in Edmonton and surrounding areas within a 50 mile radius. 700 volunteers were used for the fund drive in the 1974 campaign.

-197Problems seen: Problems indicated by the respondent were creating a public awareness and recruiting volunteers . Several unmet needs of the disabled were identified as lack of adequate housing, inadequate transportation, lack of financial resources, lack of employment opportunities, architectural barriers and discrimination of the handicapped.

Committee for the Physically Handicapped Edmonton Interagency Council for the Handicapped 425-5932

The Edmonton Interagency Council for the Handicapped consists of representatives of various agencies and associations concerned with services for the handicapped. The Council is made up of three committees: one concerned with the mentally retarded; one with the physically handicapped; and one concerned with such problems as the learning disabled; blind and deaf. The total Council meets approximately three or four times per year while each committee meets monthly to discuss important issues. If necessary, task groups are set up to deal with specific problems. The goals of the council is to provide better quality services to the handicapped and to promote services where none exists now. As well, the council facilitates cooperation among the various agencies concerned with the handicapped and provides an information link between them. Interagency Council is primarily concerned with local problems. The criterion for membership is that an organization must be concerned with the handicapped. The current size of the membership is 55 different organizations. The membership is totally involved in the activities of the association. Committee meetings are held once a month at the Lions Senior Citizen Centre. Minutes of the meetings and announcements of future meetings are sent out to the organizations involved. 07/74

Division of Services for the Handicapped Edmonton Regional Office Department of Health and Social Development 202, 10010 - 105 Street 429-2632

The Edmonton office of the Division of Services for the Handicapped is attempting to develop a comprehensive system of services for the handicapped through the development, coordination, funding and administration of services. The aim of programs should be the facilitation of the individual's development towards functional independence. Services for the Handicapped was initiated in August 1973. It serves all disabilities, mental and physical. All physically handicapped come under Services for the Handicapped, even though they are not in direct contact at all times. At the moment, the caseload is 30 clients.

-198Prerequisites for admission to the program are: the client must reside in the Edmonton region or be an agency or facility providing or wishing to provide service for the handicapped within the Edmonton region. The progress of the service network is measured annually by evaluative guidelines such as Program Analysis of Service Systems (P.A.S.S.) and budget reviews. In the casework area, an individual is referred to the appropriate service or agency. Follow-up is done by the community worker in the absence of other resources. Staff consists of seven people; one regional coordinator, four community workers, one steno and one typist. Orientation of new staff is approximately two weeks in duration and consists of familiarity with community resources, divisional policy and objectives, literature reviews, etc. Ongoing staff development provides workers with an opportunity to attend seminars, workshops, etc., offered by the community. Representatives of agencies and service regularly input, advise and make recommendations to the Regional Office. Parents consistently inform them of gaps in service. Services for the Handicapped is funded by the Department of Health and Social Development. The total budget of the agency for 1974-75 is 22 million dollars for the Province (65% to central institutions). The budget for the Edmonton Region is approximately 10% of the Provincial budget. Clients are referred from the Department of Health and Social Development, Social Service Ag.?ncies - private and public, and Public Health Unites - City and rural. Clients in the program are referred to everyone in the community. Problems seen: The respondent felt that lack of staff and community manpower were problems in the program. Expansion of the program is needed for s development of residential options, vocational opportunities and adequate transportation, counselling, day training, facilities for parental relief, trained manpower, etc. The respondent would like to see staff training programs in child development, house parent training, babysitting, counselling, etc. 06/74

Registry for Handicapped Children and Adults Department of Health and Social Development 4th Floor, Administration Bldg. 229-3352 98 Avenue & 109 Street

The function of the Registry to to ascertain the number of handicapped people in the Province, their types of handicaps, to follow their progress with reference to treatment, education and employment; to provide

-199statistical reports regarding handicaps; to provide information to interested groups - statistics only - names and addresses are confidential material; to act as a liaison between health units and other groups requesting information regarding services available to handicapped persons. The program began in 1963 and is serving thousands of people of all handicaps, all ages and all levels of functioning. The Registry has been able to supply information regarding available services to speed up admission to special facilities and to help special groups to get started. Follow-up reports regarding the progress of the client are requested by the Registry from Public Health nurses, doctors and special clinics. The progress is measured every six months to every two years depending on the individual. The area served is Alberta with 20% coming from Edmonton. The client "graduates" from the program when it is considered that maximum recovery has been obtained, education is completed, or is permanently institutionalized. Letters of inquiry are sent to clients for follow-up. Staff consists of one director, one clerk steno and one clerk typist. Funds are provided by the Department of Health and Social Development. The budget of the Registry is $25,000.00 per year. Clients can be referred by anybody including doctors, nurses, parents and friends. Information about this program is available through Government publications and A.I.D. Problems seen: The problem in this program is the shifting population and therefore difficulty in follow-up. 06/74

MIA - Handicapped Joint Committee c/o Alberta Committee of Action Groups for the Disabled

The Joint Committee of Members of the Legislative Assembly and members representing action and citizens groups of the handicapped (of Edmonton, Calgary, Medicine Hat, Lethbridge, Cam-rose, Red Deer, and Grande Prairie) held its first meeting in March, 1973. It was established to provide a direct communication link between the physically disabled persons of Alberta and their elective representatives of the Province; in order to provide those affected by decision-making to participate in the process leading up to those decisions and bring about legislative changes that will improve the life styles of the handicapped. The various topics for discussion are arranged according to the priorities of the handicapped. One specific topic per meeting is to be discussed. Topics already discussed are The Alberta Health Care Act, the Provincial Building Code, the Provincial Transportation Policy. Topics that will be discussed in the future are individual right protection act and a work incentive scheme. The committee meets thlee times yearly and is chaired and coordinated by a representative of the handicapped. Participants are three members of the Government and two from opposition parties of the legislative assembly and five handicapped prsons.

-2007.

Alberta Committee of Action Groups for theDisabled #4; 10015 - 82 Avenue 433-7267

This is a Province wide committee, composed of independent groups of handicapped persons, who have joined together to produce legislative change and to make the Government more aware of the concerns of all physically handicapped Albertans. Members of the Alberta Committee sit on an MLA handicap/joint Committee which meets three limes per year to consider the concerns of the handicapped. At these meetings, handicapped members present proposals for change which are based on the research done by the Alberta Committee staff in consultation with the handicapped throughout Alberta, in order to represent their concerns. The Committee was formed in October 1973. It serves all physical diabilities and all levels of physical functioning. Although the age range of the program is from 0-100, it tends to be the adults who are more involved. Direct participation of the handicapped in the program has resulted in feelings of worth and well being for them. The handicapped get to and from meetings by their own means, although the Alberta Committee covers the cost in certain cases. Staff consists of 3 people; 1 mobilizer, 1 reseracher, 1 secretary. Volunteers are used occasionally - e.g. to help set up a research library. The policy for the program is set by the Board of 5 representatives; 1 from Camrose, Lethbridge, C-'4,- 7y, Edmonton and Grande Prairie. The program is funded primarily by the Provincial Government, Division of Services for the Handicapped and by the Ability Fund. The total budget of the agency for 1974 is $36,000.00. It is expected that the funding structure will change in 1975 with the Ability Fund providing a greater proportion of funds. The handicapped are referred to the Committee by other Action Groups and concerned people. In turn, the Alberta Committee refers the handicapped to any service applicable to their needs. â&#x20AC;˘Information about the Committee is transmitted to agencies and the press by sending out copies of all presentations made. Depending on the topic area, they may consult with other agencies on what has been done in the past and what is available now. Problems seen: The respondent feels that the unmet needs of the physically handicapped are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Transportation Housing Employment Income Maintenance Accessibility

06/74

-2018.

Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled 429-2667 504 Revillion Building 10201 - 104 Street

Alberta Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled (A.R.C.D.) is the Provincial branch of the Canadian Council for the Disabled (C.R.C.D.). The Provincial office in Edmonton coordinates the services of the northern region and the Calgary based southern region. A.R.C.D. is an organization of approximately 50 independent volunteer groups, agencies and service clubs, concerned with the rehabilitation of the handicapped. A.R.C.D. is incorporated under the Provincial Societies Act and is registered federally for fund raising purposes. Funds from the Easter Seal Campaign provide 80% of A.R.C.D.'s yearly financial support with the remaining 20% covered by a grant from the Provincial Government. Operating costs in 1972 amounted to approximately $300,000.00. In 1972 council received a grant under the Canada Assistance Plan, a Government financial supplement, which was applied against expanding professional staff costs, to enable volunteer dollars to be used wholly for tangible services to physically handicapped. A 22 member Board of Volunteers, elected from throughout the Province is supported by a large number of committees consisting of volunteers who are leaders in their particular area of interest. Structurally, A.R.C.D. is divided into sections covering; patient care, personal assistance, education, recreation, vocational rehabilitation, accommodation and transportation, a legislation information and advisory committee, and the Easter Deal section. Each section provides services, counselling, information and research in its own particular area. A.R.C.D. augments the Government's basic general assistance programs, where this is essential, to provide supplementary care and support to clients with specific needs and problems, or clients who require special services. The agency's services, which are available to the public from infancy upward, fall into four general areas. Services to Groups A.R.C.D.'s assistance programs arc complemented by services to groups and organizations. The agency provides a viable Vehicle for effective and efficient coordination and dissemination of services; by uniting the efforts of many independents, voluntary, rehabilitation organizations, agencies and service clubs throughout the Province. These groups affiliate with the council to: Exchange information and coordinate services; ensure maximum utilization of existing rehabilitation resources; cooperate with each other to assist the Government in identifying and filling gaps in services; research problems in education, training, accommodation, transportation, treatment services, legislation and financial assistance. The agency maintains that by providing this service, a foundation is laid on which help for individuals is developed and made more comprehensive and

-202effective; duplication is avoided and the values of united endeavour are made available to all. Demonstration Projects In an effort to obviate an existing need the agency may initiate, coordinate, or cooperate, in an administrative and/or financial capacity, in any practical project, to demonstrate, and/or provide a working model for observation and evaluation. A.R.C.D. will continue to support a program until the need is recognized and the validity established until such time as community or public resources are used to continue and expand the program. Where necessary, A.R.C.D. may continue to be available for counsel, office and staff support. Examples of A.R.C.D. demonstration projects serving children in Edmonton, and now receiving public support including spina bifida sufferers, who are now receiving services through a clinic operating at Glenrose School Hospital. Though many youngsters are enrolled in apncy initiated programs, some of these may still maintain an individual case relationship through the Personal Assistance Program which is A.R.C.D.'s only sustained service. The Edmonton office operates with a staff of 7, which includes; 1 graduate in business administration; 1 director with a B.S.W.; 1 B.S.W. who also holds a - B.Ed. in special education and 4 clerical staff. Problems seen: A number of problems were seen by the respondent including: services that are too specialized, labelling of handicapped, communication between agencies, and lack of public education.

-203-

RECONNETATIONS FOR RESEARCH AND SUMTRY OF PROBLEM TEAS

This report, as a description of services available, is to be viewed as only the first step in the planning process. The next steps in this pro--ess should be to determine the needs of the disabled and to determine numbers of people and type and degree of disability. The Handicapped Registry of the Department of Health and Social Development might be a 1.1.eful tool for determining numbers of people and type of disability. The Registry is, however, voluntary and the proportion of people registered is not known. The Department of Education is in the process of establishing its own registry to determine the special educational needs of children of school age. These two registries are (Tifferent and contain different information although they may concern themselves with the same children. Both, even combined, only indicate a portion of the picture of the disabled. Additional information concerrling patients of the Glenrose Hospital would be useful in providing a more complete picture. From a planning point of view, a research project should be mounted to establish the needs and numbers of the physically disabled. Litt"e information is available concerning the demography of the disabled. Such information as income levels, education, employment, age, and location would be extremely useful to obtain. Questions could be included in the same reserach project to obtain this information. Problem Areas A considerable number of areas were identified by respondents as representing needs which are not being met by currently existing services. Among the major needs identified are: Transportation, Housing, Education, Activity Centres, Recreation, Employment, Income maintenance, Specialized health services, Public Educat'on, Elimination of Architectural Barriers, Counseliing, Parent Relief, Service Coordination, Involvement of the Handicapped, Social Isolation. Those areas most frequently mentioned by the service providers are TRANSPORTATION, HOUSING, EMPLOYMENT, INCOME MAINTENANCE, and PUBLIC EDUCATION. Transportation was mentioned as a problem more frequently than any other item. City Council has recently allocated $4,000.00 to each of Edmonton Handi-Buses Association and Handi-Limosine Service Society to operate two vans each in the interim period until tenders are selected for the operation of the Transportation Service. It is anticipated that this service will commence early in the new year. The problem of adequate housing is only beginning to be faced. Two recent proposals (A.R.C.D.'s Group Home and Handicapped Housing Society's report) are only a beginning in tackling this vast problem. Employment of the handicapped person may be more available in the community if there were a serious public education program aimed at emphasizing the abilities of the handicapped. The maintenance of an adequate income is

-204critical for the well being of the disabled. Greater employment opportunities will be of considerable assistance in this area. Pensions geared to cost of living and work incentives might further assist in this area. As mentioned above, a public education program on the abilities of the handicapped would be very useful in combating discrimination and opening new opportunities.

BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Action Group of the Disabled Research Team: Edmonton--; 1972 Research on the Lifestyles of the Physically Disabled. 2. Aid Service of Edmonton 1974 A Directory of Community Services for Edmonton and District. 3. Alberta Committee of Action Groups for the Disabled 1973 Submission for a Joint Committee of M.L.A.'s and Handicapped Persons to Improve the Ffestyles of the Disabled. 4. Alberta Committee of Action Groups for the Disabled 1974 Recommendations Relating to the Government of Alberta's Transportation Policy. 5. Angel, Juvenal L. 1969 Employment Opportunities for the Handicapped:- World Trade Academy Press: New York. 6. Armstrong, Keith S. 1972 Rehabilitation in Canada. Rehabilitation Digest 3:(4):15-16. 7. Armstrong Keith 1973 A Comprehensive Rehabilitatin Program for Canada. Rehabilitation Digest. 4:(4):13-15. 8. Ashby, J. et.al. 1972 Disability Research Report. Lakehead Social Planning Council: Thunder Bay. 9. Battle, Constance U. 1974 Disruption in the Socialization of a Young, Severely Handicapped Child. Rehabilitation Literature. 35:(5):130-40. 10. Boyd, Margaret Louise 1973 Prosthetic Services in Alberta: Needs, Resources, Disparities. Department of Community Medicine, University of Alberta. 11. Brattgard, Sven-Olof; Carlsson, Folke; and Sandin, Arne n.d. Housing and Service for the Handicapped in. Sweden. Fokns Society: Goteborg, Sweden. 12. Campbell, Ann 1970 New Dimensions in Rehabilitative Services for the Physically and Socially handicapped. Rehabilitation Literature. 31:(6): 162-70. 13. Canadian Council for Rehabilitation of the Disabled 1973 A Declaration of Intent. Rehabilitation Digest. 4:(4):4-5. 14. Canadian Rehabilitation Council for the Disabled 1974 A Brief Presented to the Federal Provincial Working Parties on Social Security by the National Steering Committee of the Physically Disabled.

15. Chaiklin, Harris and Warfield, Martha 1973 Stigma Management and Amputee Rehabilitation. Rehabilitation Literature. 34:(6):162-66. 16. Day, Michael et.al. 1973 A Descriptive Overview of Services to Preschool Children in the City of Edmonton. Edmonton Social Services: City of Edmonton. 17. Disabled Living Foundation: Kensington 1972- Sport and Physical Recreation:for-the- Disabled. 18. Friedenthal, Steven; Eichhorst, Angela and Marshall, Helene 1974 Services in Edmonton for the Mentally Retarded - 1974 A Descriptive Overview. Edmonton Social Services: City of Edmonton. 19. Friedenthal, Steven and Englemann, Mary 1974 Edmonton Services to the Elderly - 1974. Edmonton Social Services and Society for the Retired and Semi-Retired. 20. Frankel, Lynn; Lammey, Michael; Lyman, Peter, and McDougall, Rod 1974 Transportation for the Disabled: Metropolitan Toronto Transportation Plan Review: Toronto Transit Commission: Toronto. 21. Gellman, Willism 1974 Projections in the Field of Physical Disability. Rehabilitation Literature. 35:(1):2-9. 22. Goffman, Erving 1963 Stigma: Notes on the Management of Spoiled Identity. Prentice-Hall: Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 23. Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta: Edmonton 1974 Access: Housing. 24. Hohol, A.E. et.al. 1973 Report on the Workmen's Compensation Act. Alberta Select Committee of the Legislative Assembly: Edmonton. 25. Jaffe, Abram J. and Wang, Deny D. 1958 Survey of Employer's Practices and Policies in the Hiring of Physically Impaired Workers. Federation Employment and Guidance Service: NewYork. 26. Junior League of Edmonton 1970 Edmonton Guide for the Disabled. 27. King, Audrey J. 1971 The Development of Self-Esteem among the Physically Handicapped. Rehabilitation Digest. 3:(2):5-7. 28. Larsson, Nils et.al. 1973 Housing the Handicapped. Central Mortgage and Housing Corporation: Ottawa.

29. Latham, G. and Morris, D. 1974 Adult Transportation Service for the Disabled. Transportation Planning Branch: City of Edmonton. 30. Ling, D. 1971 Early Identification and Epidemiology of Hearing Disorders. Rehabilitation Digest. 3:(1):5-9. 31. Marshall, Jim 1973 Handicapped Housing Charette. Handicapped Housing Society of Alberta: Edmonton. 32. McKie, K.T. 1973 Services for the Handicapped Child of School Age. Special Educational Services Branch, Department of Education: Edmonton. 33. Odhner, Carl F. 1973 Human Need: Rehabilitation's Next Threat. Rehabilitation Literature. 34:(3):76-9. 34. Race, Wilfred 1972 What the Disabled Expect from Public and Private Sources. Rehabilitation Digest. 4:(2):7-10 & 20. 35. Rainsberry, F.B. 1973 The Use of the Media in the Education of the Public about the Physically Handicapped and Disabled. Rehabilitation Digest. 4:(4):16-19. 36. Rapier, Jacqueline et.al. 1972 Changes in Childrens Attitudes Toward the Physically Handicapped. Exceptional Children. 39:(3):219-23. 37. Ruth, Jean 1970 Achievement Mbtiviation; A Follow-up Study of Cerebral Palsy in Northern Alberta. Ph.D. Dissertation. Department of Educational Psychology, University of Alberta. 38. Safilios-Rothschild, Constantina 1972 Social Integration of the Disabled: Toward Another Social Movement? Rehabilitation Digest. 4:(2):14-15. 39. Sigfusson, E.A. 1972 The Calgary Business Community Used as a Vital Part of an Assessment and Vocational Training Program. Rehabilitation Digest. 4:(2):11-13. 40. Taylor, Wallace and Taylor, Isabelle W. 1967 Services for Handicapped Youth in England and Wales. International Society for Rehabilitation of the Disabled: New York. 41. United Cerebral Palsy Association 1973 A Bill of Rights for the Handicapped. Crusader. 42. Vocational and Rehabilitation Research Institute: Calgary 1971 Opportunities in Alberta for Handicapped Persons. Vocational and Rehabilitation Institute: Calgary.

43. Wise, Elden H. 1974 The Right to Work Versus Social Security Disability e efits. Rehabilitation Literature. 35:(3):79-80 &95. 44. Wright, Beatrice A. 1973 Changes in Attitude Toward People with Handicaps.'- Rehabilitation Literature. 34:(12):354-57 & 68.

GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS 1972 1. â&#x20AC;˘

Report of the Local Board of Health. City of Edmonton.

2. 1972

Annual Nursing Home Survey. Alberta Hospital Services Commission: Edmonton.

3. 1973

Quarterly Statistical Review. Alberta Health and Social Development: Edmonton.

4. 1973

The Worker's Compensation Act. Chapter 87 Statutes of Alberta.

5. 1974

Alberta Building Regulations. Alberta Manpower and Labour: Edmonton.

6. 1955

Canadian Sickness Survey 1950-51. No. 6 Permanent Physical Disabilities. Dominion Bureau of Statistics and Department of National Health and Welfare: Ottawa.

7. The Senate of Canada. 1961 Proceedings of Special Committee on Manpower and Employment. Queens Printer: Ottawa. 8. 1970 Building Standards for the Handicapped. National Research Council: Ottawa.

9. 1970

Disability Benefits: Canada Pension Plan. Government of Canada: Ottawa.

10. 1971 Census of Canada. Statistics Canada: Ottawa. 11. 1973 Canada Pension Plan Statistical Bulletin. 5(3):4-5. Health and Welfare Canada: Ottawa. 12. 1956 Report of the Committee on Inquiry on the Rehabilitation, Training and Resettlement of Disabled Persons. Her Majesty's